Trane Rtac 140 400 Users Manual SVX01F EN 01/01/2006 IOM Series R Air Cooled Helical Rotary Liquid Chiller. S 500 Ton Units (60 Hz), 1

RTAC 140-400 ton units (50 HZ) to the manual bfc813a7-ad9a-4d5f-9d7a-e7cd3f62b36c

2015-01-21

: Trane Trane-Rtac-140-400-Users-Manual-236136 trane-rtac-140-400-users-manual-236136 trane pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 252

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Preliminary

Installation
Operation
Maintenance
Series R Air-Cooled Helical Rotary
Liquid Chillers

Models
RTAC 140-500 ton units (60 Hz)
RTAC 140-400 ton units (50 Hz)

January 2006
© American Standard Inc. 2006

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

NOTICE: Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this literature. Read these carefully.

WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to
alert against unsafe practices.
CAUTION: Indicates a situation that may result in equipment or propertydamage only accidents.

Important
Environmental Concerns!
Scientific research has shown that certain man-made chemicals can
affect the earth’s naturally occurring stratospheric ozone layer when
released to the atmosphere. In particular, several of the identified
chemicals that may affect the ozone layer are refrigerants that contain
Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon (CFCs) and those containing Hydrogen,
Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon (HCFCs). Not all refrigerants containing
these compounds have the same potential impact to the environment.
Trane advocates the responsible handling of all refrigerants—including
industry replacements for CFCs such as and HCFCs and HFCs.

Responsible Refrigerant Practices!
Trane believes that responsible refrigerant practices are important to the
environment, our customers, and the air conditioning industry. All
technicians who handle refrigerants must be certified. The Federal Clean
Air Act (Section 608) sets forth the requirements for handling,
reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certain refrigerants and the
equipment that is used in these service procedures. In addition, some
states or municipalities may have additional requirements that must
also be adhered to for responsible management of refrigerants. Know
the applicable laws and follow them.

WARNING
Contains Refrigerant!
System contains oil and refrigerant under high pressure. Recover
refrigerant to relieve pressure before opening the system. See unit
nameplate for refrigerant type. Do not use non-approved refrigerants,
refrigerant substitutes, or refrigerant additives.
Failure to follow proper procedures or the use of non-approved
refrigerants, refrigerant substitutes, or refrigerant additives could result
in death or serious injury or equipment damage.
2

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Table of Contents
General Information ............................................................................................. 7
Literature History.................................................................................................... 7
Unit Identification - Nameplates ............................................................................. 7
Unit Inspection ....................................................................................................... 8
Inspection Checklist ............................................................................................... 8
Loose Parts Inventory ............................................................................................ 8
Unit Description...................................................................................................... 8
Installation - Mechanical..................................................................................... 28
Installation Responsibilities ................................................................................... 28
Nameplates ........................................................................................................... 28
Outdoor Unit Nameplate ....................................................................................... 28
Compressor Nameplate ........................................................................................ 28
Storage .................................................................................................................. 29
General .................................................................................................................. 29
Location Requirements ......................................................................................... 29
Setting the Unit ..................................................................................................... 29
Isolation and Sound Emission ............................................................................... 36
Noise Considerations ............................................................................................ 37
Foundation............................................................................................................. 38
Clearances ............................................................................................................. 38
Unit Isolation and Leveling .................................................................................... 41
Neoprene Isolator Installation................................................................................ 41
Drainage ................................................................................................................ 41
Evaporator Water Piping........................................................................................ 41
Evaporator Piping .................................................................................................. 41
Entering Chilled Water Piping................................................................................ 42
Leaving Chilled Water Piping................................................................................. 42
Evaporator Drain .................................................................................................... 42
Evaporator Flow Switch......................................................................................... 42
Evaporator Water Pressure Drop RTAC 140 - 250 Ton ......................................... 43
Evaporator Water Pressure Drop RTAC 250 - 500 Ton ......................................... 44
Water Pressure Gauges ........................................................................................ 45
Water Pressure Relief Valves ................................................................................ 46
Freeze Protection .................................................................................................. 46
Low Evaporator Refrigerant Cutout and % Glycol Recommendations ................. 46
Procedure .............................................................................................................. 46
Important ............................................................................................................... 47
Specials ................................................................................................................. 47
Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option ................................................................................ 49
Line Sizing ............................................................................................................. 53
Liquid Line Sizing Steps ........................................................................................ 54
Example Liquid Line Sizing .................................................................................... 55
Suction Line Sizing Steps ...................................................................................... 56
Example Suction Line Sizing.................................................................................. 56
Suction Accumulator Sizing ................................................................................... 57
Example of Suction Accumulator Line Sizing ........................................................ 57
Piping Installation Procedures ............................................................................... 57
Refrigerant Sensors............................................................................................... 58
Refrigerant Pressure Relief Valve Venting............................................................. 58

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Table of Contents

Leak Test and Evacuation .....................................................................................
Refrigerant and Additional Oil Charge ..................................................................
Refrigerant Charge Determination........................................................................
Oil Charge Determination .....................................................................................

58
60
60
61

Installation - Electrical........................................................................................
General Recommendations ..................................................................................
Installer-Supplied Components.............................................................................
Power Supply Wiring ............................................................................................
Control Power Supply ...........................................................................................
Heater Power Supply and Convenience Outlet (Packaged Units Only) ................
Water Pump Power Supply ..................................................................................
Interconnecting Wiring .........................................................................................
Chilled Water Flow (Pump) Interlock ....................................................................
Chilled Water Pump Control .................................................................................
Alarm and Status Relay Outputs (Programmable Relays).....................................
Relay Assignments Using TechView ....................................................................
Low Voltage Wiring ..............................................................................................
Emergency Stop ...................................................................................................
External Auto/Stop................................................................................................
External Circuit Lockout – Circuit #1 and Circuit #2..............................................
Ice Building Option ...............................................................................................
External Chilled Water Setpoint (ECWS) Option...................................................
External Current Limit Setpoint (ECLS) Option.....................................................
Chilled Water Reset (CWR) ..................................................................................
Communications Interface options.......................................................................
Optional Tracer Communications Interface ..........................................................
LonTalk Communications Interface for Chillers (LCI-C) ........................................

62
62
75
75
76
76
77
77
77
77
78
79
79
79
80
80
80
81
81
82
84
84
84

Operating Principles ...........................................................................................
Refrigeration Cycle ...............................................................................................
Refrigerant R134a.................................................................................................
Compressor ..........................................................................................................
Condenser and Subcooler ....................................................................................
Expansion Valve....................................................................................................
Evaporator ............................................................................................................
Oil System ............................................................................................................

86
86
88
88
88
89
89
89

Controls Interface ...............................................................................................
CH530 Communications Overview ......................................................................
Controls Interface .................................................................................................
DynaView Interface ..............................................................................................
Key Functions .......................................................................................................
Radio Buttons .......................................................................................................
Spin Value Buttons ...............................................................................................
Action Buttons ......................................................................................................
Hot Links ..............................................................................................................
File Folder Tabs ....................................................................................................
Display Screens ....................................................................................................
Basic Screen Format ............................................................................................
Front Panel Lockout Feature ................................................................................
Front Panel Display During Cold Ambients...........................................................

91
91
91
91
92
92
92
92
92
92
93
93
94
94

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Table of Contents
Modes Screen ....................................................................................................... 95
Chiller Screen ....................................................................................................... 101
Compressor Screen.............................................................................................. 101
Refrigerant Screen ............................................................................................... 102
Setpoint Screen .................................................................................................... 103
Diagnostic Screen ................................................................................................ 104
Power-Up ............................................................................................................. 105
Display Formats.................................................................................................... 105
Units ..................................................................................................................... 105
Languages ............................................................................................................ 105
TechView ............................................................................................................ 106
Minimum PC requirements to install and operate TechView ............................... 107
Unit View .............................................................................................................. 107
Compressor Service View .................................................................................... 109
Status View .......................................................................................................... 110
Setpoint View ....................................................................................................... 113
Diagnostics View .................................................................................................. 117
Software View ...................................................................................................... 122
Binding View ........................................................................................................ 123
Replacing or Adding Devices................................................................................ 124
Software Download.............................................................................................. 124
Instructions for First Time TechView Users ......................................................... 124
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................... 126
Legend to Diagnostics Table ................................................................................ 126
Pre-Start Checkout ............................................................................................. 137
Installation Checklist............................................................................................. 137
Receiving .............................................................................................................. 137
Unit Location and Mounting ................................................................................. 137
Unit Piping ............................................................................................................ 137
Electrical Wiring.................................................................................................... 138
General ................................................................................................................. 139
Unit Voltage Power Supply................................................................................... 140
Unit Voltage Imbalance ........................................................................................ 141
Unit Voltage Phasing ............................................................................................ 141
Water System Flow Rates.................................................................................... 142
Water System Pressure Drop............................................................................... 142
CH530 Set-Up ...................................................................................................... 143
Unit Start-Up Procedures .................................................................................. 144
Daily Unit Start-Up ................................................................................................ 144
General ................................................................................................................. 144
Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure ........................................................................ 145
System Restart After Extended Shutdown .......................................................... 146
Unit Shutdown Procedures ............................................................................... 147
Temporary Shutdown And Restart ....................................................................... 147
Extended Shutdown Procedure ........................................................................... 147

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Table of Contents
Periodic Maintenance........................................................................................ 149
Weekly Maintenance ........................................................................................... 149
Maintenance Procedures ..................................................................................
Refrigerant and Oil Charge Management ............................................................
R134a Field Charging Procedure .........................................................................
Factory (initial) Refrigerant Charging Procedure ..................................................
Field Refrigerant Charging Procedure..................................................................
Adding charge:.....................................................................................................
Charge Isolation in the high or low side of system..............................................
High side charge isolation procedure: .................................................................
Returning unit to running condition: ....................................................................
Low side charge isolation procedure: ..................................................................
Refrigerant Filter Replacement Procedure ..........................................................
Lubrication System ..............................................................................................
Oil Charging Procedure........................................................................................
Factory (initial) Oil Charging Procedure................................................................
Evaporator tube replacement ..............................................................................
Compressor Replacement ...................................................................................

155
155
156
156
156
157
157
157
158
158
159
159
159
161
163
163

Unit Wiring ......................................................................................................... 165

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

General Information
Literature History
RTAC-SVX001-EN (December 2000)
New manual.
RTAC-SVX01B-EN (September 2001)
New manual describes installation, operation, and maintenance of RTAC units and the
remote evaporator option.
RTAC-SVX01C-EN (February 2002)
Revised manual includes additional RTAC units to size 500 tons, new installation and
maintenance material, and expanded CH530 diagnostics.
RTAC-SVX01D-EN (July 2003)
Revised manual for new evaporator design for 2 compressor units. Design Sequence
H0 and later.
RTAC-SVX01E-EN (July 2004)
Revised manual for new evaporator design for 3 and 4 compressor units. Design
Sequence J0 and later.
RTAC-SVX01F-EN (January 2006)
Revised manual for new control panel design.

Unit Identification - Nameplates
When the unit arrives, compare all nameplate data with ordering, submittal, and shipping information. A typical unit nameplate is shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Typical Unit Nameplate

General information
Unit Inspection
When the unit is delivered, verify that it is the correct unit and that it is properly
equipped. Compare the information which appears on the unit nameplate with the
ordering and submittal information.
Inspect all exterior components for visible damage. Report any apparent damage or
material shortage to the carrier and make a “unit damage” notation on the carrier’s
delivery receipt. Specify the extent and type of damage found and notify the appropriate Trane Sales Office. Do not proceed with installation of a damaged unit without
sales office approval.

Inspection Checklist
To protect against loss due to damage incurred in transit, complete the following
checklist upon receipt of the unit.
• Inspect the individual pieces of the shipment before accepting the unit. Check for
obvious damage to the unit or packing material.
•

Inspect the unit for concealed damage as soon as possible after delivery and
before it is stored. Concealed damage must be reported within 15 days.

•

If concealed damage is discovered, stop unpacking the shipment. Do not remove
damaged material from the receiving location. Take photos of the damage, if possible. The owner must provide reasonable evidence that the damage did not
occur after delivery.

•

Notify the carrier’s terminal of the damage immediately, by phone and by mail.
Request an immediate, joint inspection of the damage with the carrier and the
consignee.

•

Notify the Trane sales representative and arrange for repair. Do not repair the unit,
however, until damage is inspected by the carrier’s representative.

Loose Parts Inventory
Check all the accessories and loose parts which are shipped with the unit against the
shipping list. Included in these items will be water vessel drain plugs, rigging and
electrical diagrams, and service literature, which are placed inside the control panel
and/or starter panel for shipment.

Unit Description
The 140 - 500 ton Model RTAC units are helical-rotary type, air-cooled liquid chillers
designed for installation outdoors. The compressor circuits are completely assembled, hermetic packages that are factory-piped, wired, leak-tested, dehydrated, and
tested for proper control operation before shipment.
NOTE: Packaged units are factory charged with refrigerant and oil.
Figure 2 shows a typical RTAC packaged unit and its components.
Table 1 through Table 5 contain general RTAC mechanical specifications for all unit
sizes.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

General Information
.

Figure 2

Typical RTAC Unit

Chilled water inlet and outlet openings are covered for shipment. Each compressor
has a separate compressor motor starter. The RTAC series features Trane’s exclusive
Adaptive Control ™ logic, which monitors the control variables that govern the operation of the chiller unit. Adaptive Control logic can adjust capacity variables to avoid
chiller shutdown when necessary, and keep producing chilled water. The units feature
two independent refrigerant circuits. Compressor unloaders are solenoid actuated
and oil pressure operated. Each refrigerant circuit is provided with filter, sight glass,
electronic expansion valve, and charging valves. The shell-and-tube type evaporator is
manufactured in accordance with ASME standards or other international codes. Each
evaporator is fully insulated and is equipped with water drain and vent connections.
Packaged units have heat tape protection to - 20°F (-28.9°C) as standard. As an
option, a convenience outlet can be supplied.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

General information
Table 1

General Data — 140-250 Ton 60 Hz Units - Standard Efficiency

Size
Type

140
STD

155
STD

(tons)

2
70/70

2
85/70

(gallons)
(liters)
(gpm)
(l/sec)
(gpm)
(l/sec)

29
111
193
12
709
45

32
121
214
14
785
50

Quantity of Coils
Coil Length
(inches)
(mm)
Coil Height
(inches)
(mm)
Fins/Ft
Number of Rows

4
156/156
3962/3962
42
1067
192
3

4
180/156
4572/3962
42
1067
192
3

Quantity
Diameter

(inches)
(mm)
(cfm)
(m3/hr)
(rpm)
(rps)
(ft/min)
(m/s)

4/4
30
762
77000
130811
1140
19
8954
45

5/4
30
762
84542
143623
1140
19
8954
45

(Deg F)
(Deg C)
(Deg F)
(Deg C)

25
-3.9
0.0
-17.8

Quantity
Nominal
Size

170
STD
Compressor
2
85/85

185
STD

200
STD

225
STD

250
STD

2
100/85

2
100/100

2
120/100

2
120/120

35
134
217
14
796
50

39
146
241
15
883
56

38
145
217
14
796
50

42
158
241
15
883
56

4
216/180
5486/4572
42
1067
192
3

4
216/216
5486/5486
42
1067
192
3

4
252/216
6401/5486
42
1067
192
3

4
252/252
6401/6401
42
1067
192
3

6/5
30
762
101296
172086
1140
19
8954
45

6/6
30
762
110506
187732
1140
19
8954
45

7/6
30
762
119725
203394
1140
19
8954
45

7/7
30
762
128946
219059
1140
19
8954
45

25
-3.9
0,0
-17.8

25
-3.9
0.0
-17.8

HFC-134a
2

15
215/215

15
225/215

15
225/225

98/98
2.1/2.1
8/8
18

102/98
2.1/2.1
8/8
21

102/102
2.1/2.1
8/8
21

Evaporator
Water Storage
Min. Flow
Max. Flow

33
127
202
13
741
47

Condenser
4
180/180
4572/4572
42
1067
192
3

Condenser Fans

Total Airflow
Nominal Fan
Speed
Tip Speed

5/5
30
762
92087
156441
1140
19
8954
45

Min Starting/Operating Ambient
Std Unit
Low Ambient

25
-3.9
0.0
-17.8

General Unit
Refrigerant
HFC-134a
HFC-134a
HFC-134a
HFC-134a
No. of Independent
2
2
2
2
Refrigerant Circuits
% Min. load
15
15
15
15
(lb)
165/165
175/165
175/175
215/210
Refrigerant
Charge
(kg)
75/75
79/75
79/79
98/95
Oil Charge
(gallons)
1.5/1.5
1.5/1.5
1.5/1.5
2.1/1.5
(liters)
6/6
6/6
6/6
8/6
Base Length
(feet)
15
15
15
18
1. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: CKT1/CKT 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

General Information
Table 2

General Data — 275- 500 Ton 60 Hz Units - Standard Efficiency

Size
Type
Quantity
Nominal
Size

275
STD

300
STD

350
STD
Compressor

(tons)

3
85/85
100

3
100/100
100

(gallons)
(liters)
(gpm)
(l/sec)
(gpm)
(l/sec)

60
229
309
20
1134
72

65
245
339
21
1243
78

8
180/108
4572/2743
42
1067
192
3

8
216/108
5486/2743
42
1067
192
3

10/6
30
762
147340
250307
1140
19
8954
45

12/6
30
762
165766
281610
1140
19
8954
45

3
120/120
100

400
STD

450
STD

500
STD

4
100/100
100/100

4
120/120
100/100

4
120/120
120/120

81
306
404
26
1483
94

84
316
422
27
1548
98

89
337
461
29
1690
107

8
216/216
5486/5486
42
1067
192
3

8
252/216
6401/5486
42
1067
192
3

8
252/252
6401/6401
42
1067
192
3

12/12
30
762
221016
375471
1140
19
8954
45

14/12
30
762
239456
406797
1140
19
8954
45

14/14
30
762
257991
438285
1140
19
8954
45

25
-3.9
0.0
-17.8

HFC-134a
2

15
415/415
188/188
5.0/5.0
19/19
39

15
460/415
209/188
5.0/5.0
19/19
45

15
460/460
209/209
5.0/5.0
19/19
45

Evaporator
Water Storage
Min. Flow
Max. Flow

70
264
375
24
1374
87

Condenser
Quantity of Coils
Coil Length
Coil Height

(inches)
(mm)
(inches)
(mm)

Fins/Ft
Number of Rows

8
252/108
6401/4572
42
1067
192
3

Condenser Fans
Quantity
Diameter

(inches)
(mm)
Total Airflow
(cfm)
(m3/hr)
Nominal Fan Speed (rpm)
(rps)
Tip Speed
(ft/min)
(m/s)

14/6
30
762
184151
312843
1140
19
8954
45

Min Starting/Oper Ambient
Std Unit
Low Ambient

(Deg F)
(Deg C)
(Deg F)
(Deg C)

25
-3.9
0.0
-17.8

General Unit
Refrigerant
HFC-134a
HFC-134a
HFC-134a
No. of Independent
2
2
2
Refrigerant Circuits
% Min. load
15
15
15
Refrigerant Charge (lb)
365/200
415/200
460/200
(kg)
166/91
188/91
209/91
Oil Charge
(gallons)
4.6/2.1
5.0/2.1
5.0/2.1
(liters)
17.4/8
19/8
19/8
Base Length
(feet)
30
36
36
1. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: CKT1/CKT 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

General information
Table 3

General Data — 140-400 Ton 60 Hz Units - High Efficiency

Size
Type

140
HIGH

155
HIGH

170
HIGH

185
HIGH

2
70/70

2
85/70

2
85/85

2
100/85

Water
Storage

(gallons)
(liters)
Min. Flow (gpm)
(l/sec)
Max. Flow (gpm)
(l/sec)

33
127
202
13
741
47

35
134
217
14
796
50

39
146
241
15
883
56

38
145
217
14
796
50

Quantity of
Coils
Coil Length (inches)
(mm)

180/180
4572/
4572
42
1067
192
3

216/180
5486/
4572
42
1067
192
3

216/216
5486/
5486
42
1067
192
3

252/216
6401/
5486
42
1067
192
3

5/5
30
762
91993
156281
1140
19
8954
45

6/5
30
762
101190
171906
1140
19
8954
45

6/6
30
762
110387
187530
1140
19
8954
45

7/6
30
762
119598
203178
1140
19
8954
45

25
-3.9
0.0
-17.8

Quantity
Nominal
Size

(tons)

200
225
HIGH
HIGH
Compressor

250
HIGH

275
HIGH

300
HIGH

350
HIGH

400
HIGH

2
120/100

2
120/120

3
85/85
100

3
100/100
100

4
85/85
85/85

4
100/100
100/100

42
158
241
15
883
56

70
264
375
24
1374
87

81
306
404
26
1483
94

89
337
461
29
1690
107

252//252
6401/
6401
42
1067
192
3

144/144
3658/
3658
42
1067
192
3

180/108
4572/
2743
42
1067
192
3

216/144
5486/
3658
42
1067
192
3

252/144
6401/
3658
42
1067
192
3

216/216
5486/
5486
42
1067
192
3

252/252
6401/
6401
42
1067
192
3

8/8
30
762
147242
250141
1140
19
8954
45

12/6
30
762
173733
295145
1140
19
8954
45

14/6
30
762
192098
326344
1140
19
8954
45

12/12
30
762
220778
375066
1140
19
8954
45

14/14
30
762
257626
437665
1140
19
8954
45

25
-3.9
0.0
-17.8

2
100/100

Evaporator
42
158
241
15
883
56

Condenser

Coil Height (inches)
(mm)
Fins/Ft
Number of Rows

Condenser Fans
Quantity
Diameter

(inches)
(mm)
Total
(cfm)
Airflow
(m3/hr)
Nominal
(rpm)
Fan Speed (rps)
Tip Speed (ft/min)
(m/s)

7/7
30
762
128812
218831
1140
19
8954
45

8/6
30
762
136958
232670
1140
19
8954
45

Min Starting/Oper Ambient
Std Unit
Low
Ambient

(Deg F)
(Deg C)
(Deg F)
(Deg C)

25
-3.9
0.0
-17.8

General Unit
Refrigerant
HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a
No. of Independent
2
2
2
2
2
2
Refrigerant Circuits
% Min. load
15
15
15
15
15
15
Refrigerant (lb)
175/175 215/205 215/215 225/215 225/225 235/235
Charge
(kg)
79/79
98/93
98/98
102/98
102/102 107/107
Oil Charge (gallons) 1.5/1.5
1.5/1.5
1.5/1.5
2.1/1.5
2.1/2.1
2.1/2.1
(liters)
6/6
6/6
6/6
8/6
8/8
8/8
Base
(feet)
15
18
18
21
21
30
Length
1. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: CKT 1/CKT 2
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser

HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a
2
2
2
2
2
15
235/235
107/107
2.1/2.1
8/8
30

15
415/200
188/91
4.6/2.2
17/8
36

15
460/200
209/91
5.0/2.2
19/8
39

15
415/415
188/188
4.6/4.6
17/17
39

15
460/460
209/209
5.0/5.0
19/19
45

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

General Information
Table 4

General Data - 120-400 Ton 50 Hz Units-Standard Efficiency

Size
Type

140
STD

155
STD

170
STD

185
STD

2
70/70

2
85/70

2
85/85

2
100/85

29
110
192
12
702
44

32
120
221
13
778
49

33
126
200
13
735
46

35
133
215
14
789
50

180/156
4512/
3962
42
1067
192
3

180/180
4572/
4512
42
1067
192
3

216/180
5486/
4572
42
1067
192
3

4/4
(inches) 30
(mm)
762
Total
(cfm)
63346
Airflow
(m3/hr) 107615
Nominal
(rpm)
950
Fan Speed (rps)
15.8
Tip Speed (ft/min) 7461
(m/s)
38

5/4
30
762
69507
118081
950
15.8
7461
38

5/5
30
762
75671
128553
950
15.8
7461
38

6/5
30
762
83236
141405
950
15.8
7461
38

Std Unit

25
-3.9
0
-17.8

Quantity
Nominal
Size

(tons)

200
250
STD
STD
Compressor
2
100/100

275
STD

300
STD

350
STD

375
STD

400
STD

3
3
3
70-70/100 85-85/100 100-100/
100

4
4
85-85/85- 100-100/
85
85-85

4
100-100/
100-100

54
203
262
17
962
61

60
227
307
19
1124
72

64
243
336
21
1232
78

73
275
384
22
1275
80

77
291
377
24
1383
87

80
304
401
25
1470
93

216/216
5486/
5486
42
1067
192
3

156/108
3962/
4512
42
1067
192
3

180/108
4572/
2743
42
1067
192
3

216/108
5486/
2743
42
1067
192
3

180/180
4572/
4572
42
1067
192
3

216/180
5486/
4572
42
1067
192
3

252/216
6401/
5486
42
1067
192
3

10/6
30
762
121056
205655
950
15.8
7461
38

12/6
30
762
136210
231399
950
15.8
7451
38

10/10
30
762
151332
257089
950
15.8
7461
38

12/10
30
762
166467
282801
950
15.8
7461
38

12/12
30
762
181611
308528
950
15.8
7461
38

25
-3.9
0
-17.8

Evaporator
Water
Storage

(gallons)
(liters)
Min. Flow (gpm)
(l/sec)
Max. Flow (gpm)
(l/sec)

38
145
239
15
875
55

Condenser
Quantity of
4
Coils
Coil Length (inches) 156/156
(mm)
3962/
3962
Coil Height (inches) 42
(mm)
1067
Fins/Ft
192
Number of Rows
3

Condenser Fans
Quantity
Diameter

6/6
30
762
90803
154260
950
15.8
7461
38

8/6
30
762
108698
184661
950
15.8
7461
38

Min Starting/Oper Ambient

Low
Ambient

(Deg F)
(Deg C)
(Deg F)
(Deg C)

25
-3.9
0
-17.8

General Unit
Refrigerant
HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a
No. of Independent 2
2
2
2
2
2
Refrigerant Circuits
% Min. load
15
15
15
15
15
15
Refrigerant (lb)
165/165 175/165 175/175 215/210 215/215 335/200
Charge
(kg)
75/75
79/75
79/79
98/95
98/98
152/91
Oil
(gallons) 1.5/1.5
1.5/1.5
1.5/1.5
2.1/1.5
2.1/2.1
4.6/2.1
Charge
(liters) 6/6
6/6
6/6
8/6
8/8
17.4/8
Base
(feet)
15
15
15
18
18
30
Length
1. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: CKT 1/CKT 2
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a
2
2
2
2
2
15
365/200
166/91
4.6/2.1
17.4/8
30

15
415/200
188/91
5.0/2.1
19.0/8
36

15
365/365
166/166
4.6/4.6
17.4/17.4
39

15
415/365
188/166
5.0/4.6
19.0/17.4
39

15
415/415
188/188
5.0/5.0
19.0/19.0
39

General information
Table 5

General Data - 120-400 Ton 50 Hz Units-High Efficiency

Size
Type

140
HIGH

155
HIGH

170
HIGH

185
HIGH

200
250
HIGH
HIGH
Compressor

Quantity
Nominal Size (tons)

2
70/70

2
85/70

2
85/85

2
100/85

Water
Storage

33
126
200
13
735
46

35
133
215
14
789
50

38
145
239
15
875
55

38
145
215
14
789
50

Qty of Coils
4
Coil Length (inches) 180/180
(mm)
4572/
4572
Coil Height (inches) 42
(mm)
1067
Fins/Ft
192
Number of Rows
3

4
216/180
5486/
4572
42
1067
192
3

4
216/216
5486/
5486
42
1067
192
3

4
252/216
6401/
5486
42
1067
192
3

Quantity
Diameter
in. (mm)
Total Airflow (cfm)
(m3/hr)
Nominal Fan (rpm)
Speed
(rps)
Tip Speed
(ft/min)
(m/s)

5/5
30 (762)
75575
128390
950
15.8
7461
38

6/5
30 (762)
83130
141225
950
15.8
7461
38

6/6
30 (762)
90687
154063
950
15.8
7461
38

7/6
30 (762)
98256
166921
950
15.8
7461
38

Std Unit

25 (-3.9)

0 (-17.8)

2
100/100

3
70-70/
100

275
HIGH

300
HIGH

350
HIGH

375
HIGH

400
HIGH

3
85-85/
100

3
100-100/
100

4
85-85/
85-85

4
100-100/
85-85

4
100-100/
100-100

69
262
371
23
1362
86

80
304
401
25
1470
93

83
314
419
26
1535
97

89
335
457
29
1675
106

Evaporator

Min. Flow
Max. Flow

(gallons)
(liters)
(gpm)
(l/sec)
(gpm)
(l/sec)

41
157
239
15
875
55

64
243
336
21
1232
78

Condenser
4
252/252
6401/
6401
42
1067
192
3

8
180/108
4572/
2743
42
1067
192
3

8
8
216/144 252/144
5486/3658 6401/
3658
42
42
1067
1067
192
192
3
3

8
8
8
216/216 252/216 252/252
5486/5486 6401/5486 6401/
6401
42
42
42
1067
1067
1067
192
192
192
3
3
3

12/6
30 (762)
142969
242881
950
15.8
7461
38

14/6
30 (762)
158112
268607
950
15.8
7461
38

12/12
30 (762)
181371
308120
950
15.8
7461
38

14/12
30 (762)
194731
330817
950
15.8
7461
38

14/14
30 (762)
211648
359556
950
15.8
7461
38

25 (-3.9)

0 (-17.8)

Condenser Fans
7/7
30 (762)
105826
179781
950
15.8
7461
38

10/6
30 (762)
120971
205510
950
15.8
7461
38

Min Starting/Oper Ambient

Low
Ambient

Deg F
(C)
Deg F
(C)

General Unit
Refrigerant
HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a
No. of Independent
2
2
2
2
2
2
Refrigerant Circuits
% Min. load
15
15
15
15
15
15
175/175 215/205 215/215 225/215 225/225 365/200
Refrigerant (lb)
Charge
(kg)
79/79
98/93
98/98
102/98
102/102 166/91
Oil Charge (gallons) 1.5/1.5
1.5/1.5
1.5/1.5
2.1/1.5
2.1/2.1
4.6/2.1
(liters) 6/6
6/6
6/6
8/6
8/8
17.4/8
Base Length (feet)
15
18
18
21
21
30
1. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows CKT 1/CKT 2
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser

HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a HFC-134a
2
2
2
2
2
15
415/200
188/91
4.6/2.1
17.4/8
36

15
460/200
209/91
5.0/2.1
19.0/8
39

15
415/415
188/188
4.6/4.6
17.4/17.4
39

15
460/415
209/188
5.0/5.0
19.0/19.0
45

15
460/460
209/209
5.0/5.0
19.0/19.0
45

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

General Information

Figure 3

Unit Dimensions 185-200 Ton Standard Efficiency, 60 Hz and 155, 170 Ton, High Efficiency, 50 and 60 Hz

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 4

Unit Dimensions 225-250 Ton Standard Efficiency, 60 Hz and 185-200 Ton, High Efficiency, 50 and 60 Hz

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 5

Unit Dimensions 225-250 Ton High Efficiency, 60 Hz

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 6

Unit Dimensions 250-275 Ton Standard Efficiency, 50 Hz and 250 Ton High Efficiency, 50 Hz and 275 Ton
Standard Efficiency, 60 Hz

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 7

Unit Dimensions 275 Ton High Efficiency, 50 and 60 Hz; 300 Ton, Standard Efficiency, 50 and 60 Hz and 350
Ton, Standard Efficiency 60 Hz

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 8

Unit Dimensions 300 Ton High Efficiency, 50 and 60 Hz

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 9

Unit Dimensions 350-400 Ton Standard Efficiency, Hz and 400 Ton, Standard Efficiency, 60 Hz and 350 Ton
High Efficiency, 50 and 60Hz

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 10

Unit Dimensions 450-500 Ton Standard Efficiency, 60 Hz and 375-400 Ton, High Efficiency, 50 Hz and 400 Ton
High Efficiency, 60 Hz

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 11

Unit Dimensions of Condenser/Compressor Unit for Remote Evaporator Option

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 12

Unit Dimensions for Remote Evaporator 140-170 Ton Standard Efficiency and 140 Ton High Efficiency

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Figure 13

Unit Dimensions for Remote Evaporator185-250 Ton Standard Efficiency and 155-200 Ton High Efficiency

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Model Number Coding System
The model numbers for the unit and the starter are composed of numbers and letters
that represent features of the equipment. Shown in the following table is a sample of
typical unit model number and the coding system for each.
Each position, or group of positions, in the model number is used to represent a feature. For example, in the first table, position 08 of the unit model number, Unit Voltage, contains the number “4”. A 4 in this position means that the unit voltage is 460/
60/3.

Unit Model Number
An example of a typical unit model number (M/N) is:
RTAC 350A UA0N NAFN N1NX 1TEN NN0N N01N
Model number digits are selected and assigned in accordance with the following definitions using the model number example shown above.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Digit 1-4
Unit Model
RTAC

Air Cooled Series R® chiller

Digit 5-7
Unit Nominal Capacity
140
140 Nominal Tons
155
155 Nominal Tons
170
170 Nominal Tons
185
185 Nominal Tons
200
200 Nominal Tons
225
225 Nominal Tons
250
250 Nominal Tons
275
275 Nominal Tons
300
300 Nominal Tons
350
350 Nominal Tons
375
375 Nominal Tons
400
400 Nominal Tons
450
450 Nominal Tons
500

500 Nominal Tons

Digit 8
Unit Voltage
A
200V/60Hz/3Ph power
K
220V/50Hz/3 Ph power
C
230V/60Hz/3Ph power
J
380V/60Hz/3Ph power
D
400V/50Hz/3Ph power
4
460V/60Hz/3Ph power
5

Charmes

Digit 10-11
Design Sequence
XX

Factory/ABU Assigned

Digit 12
Unit Type
N
Std. Efficiency/Performance
H

High Efficiency/Performance

Digit 13
Agency Listing
N
No agency listing
U

C/UL listing

Digit 14
Pressure Vessel Code
A
ASME pressure vessel code
C
Canadian code
D
Australian code
L
Chinese code
R
Vietanamese code
S

Special

Digit 15
Evaporator Temperature Range &
Application Type
F
Standard Temp. with Frz Prot
R
Rem Evap, Std. Temp, No Frz
Prot
G

Low Temp, with Frz Prot

Digit 16
Evaporator Configuration
N

Standard pass arrangement,
insulated

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Wide ambient capability
0-125 deg F

Digit 18
Condenser Fin Material
1
Standard aluminum slit fins
2
Copper fins, non-slit fins
4

Complete Coat aluminum fins

Digit 19
Condenser Fan/Motor Configuration
N
Condenser fans with ODP
motors
W
Low Noise fans
T

Condenser fans with TEAO
motors

Digit 20
Compressor Motor Starter Type
X
Across-the-line starters
Y

575V/60Hz/3Ph power

Digit 9
Manufacturing Location
U
Pueblo
E

Digit 17
Condenser Temperature Range
N
Standard ambient range
25-115 deg F
H
High ambient capability
25-125 deg F
L
Low ambient capability
0-115 deg F

Wye-delta closed transition
starters

Digit 21
Incoming Power Line Connection
1
Single point power connection
2

Dual point power connection (1/
ckt)

Digit 22
Power Line Connection Type
T
Terminals only
D
Non-fused disconnect
switch(es)
C

Circuit Breaker(s), HACR-rated

Digit 23
Unit Operator Interface
E
Easy-View operator interface
D

Dyna-View operator interface

Digit 24
Remote Interface
N
No remote interface
C
Tracer Comm 3 interface
L

Lon Talk Communication interface
(LCI)

Digit 25
Control Input Accessories/Options
N
No remote input
R
Remote leaving water temp stpt
C
Remote current limit setpoint
B

Remote lvg. temp.setpoint and
remote current limit setpoint

Digit 26
COOP
26
Control Output Accessories/Options
N
No output options
A
Alarm relay
C
Icemaking
D

Icemaking and alarm relay

Digit 27
Short Circuit Rating
0
No short circuit withstand rating
5
10000A SCR
4
35000A SCR
6

65000A SCR

Digit 28
Electrical Accessories and Export
Packing
N
No flow switches
F
NEMA-1 flow switch - 150 psi
E

Vapor Proof FS - 150 psi

Digit 29
Control Panel Accessories
N
No convenience outlet
A

15A 115V convenience outlet
(60HZ)

Digit 30
Refrigerant Service Valves
1

Suction service valves

Digit 31
Compressor Sound Attenuator
Option
0
No sound attenuator
1

Factory installed sound attenuator

Digit 32
Appearance Options
N
No appearance options
A
Architectural louvered panels
C
Half Louvers
G
Access guards
B
Access guards and half louvers
P
Painted unit
L
Painted unit with full louvered
panels
H
Painted unit with half louvered
panels
K
Painted unit with access guards
W

Painted w/access guards and half
louvers

Digit33
Installation Accessories
N
No installation accessories
R
Neoprene isolators
F
Flanged water connection kit
G
Neoprene isolators and flange
wtr conn kit
Digit 34
Factory Test
0
No factory run test
P
Performance test
W

Witness test

Digit 35
Label, and Literature Language
E
English
G

Chinese

Digit 36
Special Order
X
Standard catalog configuration
S

Unit has special order feature

Digit 37
Safety Devices
N
None
X
Standard

Installation - Mechanical
Installation Responsibilities
Generally, the contractor must do the following when installing an RTAC unit:
• Install unit on a flat foundation, level (within 1/4” [6 mm] across the length and
width of the unit), and strong enough to support unit loading.
•

Install unit per the instructions contained in the Installation-Mechanical and
Installation-Electrical sections of this manual.

•

Install any optional sensors and make electrical connections at the CH530.

•

Where specified, provide and install valves in water piping upstream and
downstream of evaporator water connections to isolate the evaporator for
maintenance, and to balance/trim system.

•

Furnish and install flow switch to prove chilled water flow.

•

Furnish and install pressure gauges in inlet and outlet piping of the evaporator.

•

Furnish and install a drain valve to the bottom of the evaporator waterbox.

•

Supply and install a vent cock to the top of the evaporator waterbox.

•

Furnish and install strainers ahead of all pumps and automatic modulating valves,
and at inlet of evaporator.

•

Provide and install field wiring.

•

Install heat tape and insulate the chilled water lines and any other portions of the
system, as required, to prevent sweating under normal operating conditions or
freezing during low ambient temperature conditions.

•

Install evaporator drain plug. The plug ships in unit control panel.

•

Start unit under supervision of a qualified service technician.

Nameplates
The RTAC outdoor unit nameplates (Figure 1) are applied to the exterior of the Control
Panel. A compressor nameplate is located on each compressor.
Outdoor Unit Nameplate
The outdoor unit nameplate provides the following information:
– Unit model and size description.
– Unit serial number.
– Identifies unit electrical requirements.
– Lists correct operating charges of R-134a and refrigerant oil (Trane OIL00048).
– Lists unit test pressures.
– Identifies installation, operation and maintenance and service data literature
(Pueblo).
– Lists drawing numbers for unit wiring diagrams (Pueblo).
Compressor Nameplate
The compressor nameplate provides following information:
– Compressor model number.
– Compressor serial number.
– Compressor electrical characteristics.
– Utilization range.
– Recommended refrigerant.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Storage
Extended storage of the outdoor unit prior to installation requires the following precautionary measures:
1. Store the outdoor unit in a secure area.
2. At least every three months (quarterly), check the pressure in the refrigerant circuits to verify that the refrigerant charge is intact. If it is not, contact a qualified
service organization and the appropriate Trane sales office.
3. Close the discharge and liquid line isolation valves.

General
Report any damage incurred during handling or installation to the Trane sales office
immediately.

Location Requirements
Setting the Unit
A base or foundation is not required if the selected unit location is level and strong
enough to support the unit’s operating weight as listed in Table 1 through Table 5 in
the General Information section.
See Table 6 for lifting weights and center of gravity (CG) dimensions.

Lifting chains/cables will not
be the same length. Adjust to keep unit level while lifting.

Do not fork lift unit.

Weights are typical for units with R-134a charge.

Figure 14

Lifting the Unit (Package and Remote) 15-21-foot Base

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical

Lifting chains/cables will not be the same length. Adjust to
keep unit level while lifting.

Do not fork lift unit.

Weights are typical for units with R-134a charge.

Figure 15

Lifting the Unit (Package and Remote) 30-36-foot Base

Lifting chains/cables will not be the same length. Adjust to
keep unit level while lifting.

Do not fork lift unit.

Weights are typical for units with R-134a charge.

Figure 16

Lifting the Unit 39-45-foot Base

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
:

Table 6

Lifting Weights and CG Dimensions (Refer to Figure 14 - Figure 15)

Unit
140 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
140 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
140 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
140 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
155 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
155 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
155 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
155 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
170 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
170 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
170Ton 60 Hz High Eff
170 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
185 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
185 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
185 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
185 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
200 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
200 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
200 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
200 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
225 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
250 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
250 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
250 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
275 Ton 50 Hz High Eff

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

lbs
kg

2499
1134
2488
1128
2495
1132
2484
1127
3281
1488
2601
1180
3168
1437
2493
1131
3308
1501
2598
1179
3186
1445
2498
1133
3650
1655
3342
1516
3526
1600
3296
1495
3778
1714
3370
1529
3719
1687
3340
1515
3711
1683
3778
1714
3360
1526
2951
1340
3403
1545

2874
1303
2859
1297
2869
1301
2855
1295
3588
1628
2882
1307
3562
1616
2862
1298
3721
1688
2990
1356
3586
1627
2873
1303
4199
1905
3763
1707
4117
1867
3635
1649
4252
1928
3789
1719
4187
1899
3756
1704
4229
1918
4252
1928
2930
1330
2522
1145
2997
1361

2686
1218
2668
1210
2680
1216
2662
1208
2747
1246
2794
1267
2604
1181
2675
1213
2760
1252
2838
1287
2623
1190
2684
1218
3113
1412
2745
1245
2990
1356
2707
1228
3175
1440
2828
1283
3110
1411
2796
1268
3114
1413
3175
1440
3390
1539
3238
1470
3689
1675

Aluminum Fins
3019
NA
1369
3000
NA
1361
3013
NA
1367
2994
NA
1358
3055
NA
1386
3033
NA
1376
2998
NA
1360
3004
NA
1362
3173
NA
1439
3177
NA
1441
3024
NA
1371
3018
NA
1369
3662
NA
1661
3166
NA
1436
3581
NA
1624
3047
NA
1382
3649
NA
1655
3247
NA
1473
3578
NA
1623
3212
NA
1457
3632
NA
1648
3649
NA
1655
2959
3430
1344
1557
2809
3430
1275
1557
3283
3977
1491
1805

3000
1362
3000
1362
3571
1621

Shipping
Weight
lbs
kg

Xcg

Ycg

in
mm

11077
5025
11015
4996
11057
5015
10995
4987
12671
5748
11309
5130
12332
5594
11034
5005
12962
5880
11603
5263
12418
5633
11073
5023
14624
6633
13015
5904
14214
6447
12685
5754
14853
6737
13234
6003
14593
6619
13104
5944
14687
6662
14853
6737
19069
8657
17949
8149
20920
9498

88
2245
88
2245
88
2245
88
2243
106
2695
88
2243
106
2682
88
2245
106
2695
89
2256
106
2685
88
2245
124
3160
106
2682
124
3157
106
2680
124
3147
106
2697
124
3142
106
2697
124
3147
124
3147
177
4483
182
4623
202
5128

45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
44
1123
44
1120
45
1140
45
1138
45
1140
45
1138
45
1140
45
1140
45
1153
45
1140
46
1161
44
1128
45
1140
45
1138
45
1140
45
1138
45
1148
45
1140
41
1052
41
1046
42
1064

Installation - Mechanical
Table 6

Lifting Weights and CG Dimensions (Refer to Figure 14 - Figure 15)

Unit
275 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
275 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
275 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
300 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
300 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
300 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
300 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
350 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
350 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
350 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
350 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
375 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
375 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
400 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
400 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
400 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
400 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
450 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
500 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff

140 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
140 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
140 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
140 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
155 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
155 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
155 Ton 60 Hz High Eff

lbs
kg

3668
1665
3251
1476
3345
1518
2955
1342
3328
1511
2955
1342
3456
1569
3278
1488
3018
1370
3140
1426
3374
1532
3393
1541
3328
1511
3345
1519
3299
1498
3345
1519
3299
1498
3423
1554
3363
1527

3194
1450
2863
1300
2936
1333
2628
1193
2917
1394
2628
1193
3074
1396
3258
1479
2998
1361
3123
1418
2998
1361
3372
1531
3296
1496
3271
1485
3279
1488
3271
1485
3279
1489
3402
1544
3289
1493

3478
1579
3571
1621
3351
1521
2892
1313
3564
1618
2892
1313
3615
1641
3179
1443
2933
1332
3038
1379
3772
1712
3278
1488
3116
1414
3377
1533
3201
1453
3377
1533
3201
1453
3307
1501
3395
1541

2877
1306
3505
1591
2947
1338
2495
1133
3393
1540
2495
1133
3393
1540
3055
1387
2824
1282
2912
1322
3767
1710
3086
1401
2859
1298
3350
1521
3077
1397
3350
1521
3077
1397
3116
1414
3368
1529

NA
NA
NA

2759
1253
NA

2432
1104
NA

2759
1253
NA

2432
1104
NA

2977
1352
2760
1253
2828
1284
NA

2957
1342
2740
1244
2811
1276
NA

2986
1356
2681
1217
3458
1570
3001
1362
3458
1570
3001
1362
3015
1369
3476
1578

2965
1346
2649
1202
3384
1536
2939
1334
3384
1536
2939
1334
2994
1359
3402
1544

2972
1348
2961
1343
2969
1347
2957
1341
4027
1827
3074
1394
3915
1776

3464
1571
3450
1565
3460
1569
3445
1563
4454
2020
3472
1575
4428
2009

3410
1547
3392
1539
3404
1544
3386
1536
3591
1629
3518
1596
3448
1564

3004
3356
1364
1524
3183
3894
1445
1768
2942
3356
1336
1523
2565
2822
1164
1281
3153
3802
1431
1726
2565
2782
1165
1263
3233
3774
1468
1713
3159
3075
1434
1396
2914
2844
1323
1291
3020
2930
1371
1330
3367
4172
1529
1894
3257
3108
1478
1411
3083
2892
1400
1313
3303
3425
1499
1555
3180
3098
1444
1406
3303
3425
1500
1555
3180
3098
1444
1406
3286
3137
1492
1424
3321
3442
1508
1563
Copper Fins
3805
NA
1726
3786
NA
1717
3799
NA
1723
3780
NA
1715
4018
NA
1823
3819
NA
1732
3961
NA
1797

Shipping
Weight
lbs
kg

Xcg

Ycg

in
mm

19577
8888
20266
9201
18876
8570
21548
9783
20314
9222
21508
9765
19572
8886
24936
11321
23031
10456
23803
10806
21450
9738
25444
11552
23903
10852
26912
12218
25073
11383
26913
12219
25074
11383
25678
11658
27056
12283

172
4376
203
5159
176
4473
222
5644
201
5100
222
5641
199
5044
234
5951
235
5956
234
5941
205
5197
266
6754
229
5827
274
6957
234
5951
274
6955
234
5951
266
6754
274
6955

41
1046
42
1064
42
1057
42
1059
42
1059
42
1062
42
1067
44
1125
44
1125
44
1125
42
1064
44
1125
44
1123
44
1115
44
1125
44
1118
44
1125
44
1125
44
1115

13651
6192
13589
6164
13631
6183
13569
6155
16091
7299
13883
6297
15752
7145

90
2289
90
2286
90
2289
90
2286
108
2743
90
2286
108
2736

45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
44
1128
44
1125
45
1140

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Table 6

Lifting Weights and CG Dimensions (Refer to Figure 14 - Figure 15)

Unit
155 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
170 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
170 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
170Ton 60 Hz High Eff
170 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
185 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
185 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
185 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
185 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
200 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
200 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
200 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
200 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
225 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
250 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
250 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
250 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
275 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
275 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
275 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
275 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
300 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
300 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
300 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
300 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
350 Ton 50 Hz High Eff

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

lbs
kg

2967
1346
4055
1839
3071
1393
3932
1784
2972
1348
4585
2080
4088
1854
4462
2024
4042
1834
4713
2138
4116
1867
4654
2111
4087
1854
4646
2108
4713
2138
4303
1954
3534
1605
4366
1982
4611
2093
4214
1913
4287
1946
3836
1742
4360
1980
3799
1725
4488
2038
4173
1895

3453
1566
4587
2081
3581
1624
4452
2019
3463
1571
5283
2396
4629
2100
5201
2359
4501
2042
5336
2420
4654
2111
5271
2391
4622
2097
5313
2410
5336
2420
3872
1758
3104
1409
3959
1797
4136
1878
3877
1760
3877
1760
3508
1592
3948
1792
3508
1593
4105
1864
4152
1885

3399
1542
3604
1635
3562
1616
3467
1573
3409
1546
4161
1888
3589
1628
4039
1832
3551
1611
4223
1916
3672
1666
4158
1886
3640
1651
4163
1888
4223
1916
4188
1901
3918
1779
4618
2097
4276
1941
4501
2043
4149
1884
3689
1675
4476
2032
3689
1675
4527
2055
4053
1840

3790
1719
4136
1876
3963
1798
3987
1808
3804
1725
4860
2204
4129
1873
4778
2167
4010
1819
4846
2198
4211
1910
4775
2166
4175
1894
4830
2191
4846
2198
3756
1705
3488
1583
4211
1912
3801
1725
4111
1866
3739
1698
3360
1526
4064
1845
3360
1525
4144
1881
4032
1830

4111
1866
4174
1895
4872
2212
4057
1842
4789
2174
4057
1842
3526
1601
4593
2085
3526
1601
4593
2085
3927
1783

3679
1670
3744
1700
4465
2027
3577
1624
4399
1997
3647
1656
3197
1451
4182
1899
3197
1451
4182
1899
3905
1773

3379
1534
NA

3050
1385
NA

3379
1534
NA

3050
1385
NA

3808
1729

3787
1719

Shipping
Weight
lbs
kg

Xcg

Ycg

in
mm

13608
6173
16382
7431
14177
6431
15838
7184
13647
6190
18889
8568
16435
7455
18479
8382
16105
7305
19118
8672
16654
7554
18858
8554
16524
7495
18952
8597
19118
8672
23909
10855
21962
9971
26492
12027
24458
11104
25891
11754
23758
10786
27544
12505
25623
11633
27508
12489
26039
11822
31836
14453

90
2286
108
2743
90
2296
108
2738
90
2289
126
3211
108
2733
126
3211
108
2733
126
3200
108
2746
126
3198
108
2746
126
3200
126
3200
174
4422
183
4638
200
5070
171
4338
201
5093
174
4415
220
5575
197
4999
219
5573
195
4956
235
5956

45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
45
1151
45
1140
46
1158
45
1133
45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
45
1146
45
1140
42
1067
42
1062
42
1077
42
1062
42
1077
42
1069
42
1074
42
1074
42
1074
43
1080
44
1125

Installation - Mechanical
Table 6

Lifting Weights and CG Dimensions (Refer to Figure 14 - Figure 15)

Unit
350 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
350 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
350 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
375 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
375 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
400 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
400 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
400 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
400 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
450 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
500 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff

140 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
140 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
140 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
140 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
155 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
155 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
155 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
155 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
170 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
170 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
170Ton 60 Hz High Eff
170 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
185 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
185 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
185 Ton 60 Hz High Eff

lbs
kg

3778
1715
4036
1832
4283
1944
4502
2044
4332
1967
4341
1971
4195
1904
4341
1971
4195
1905
4532
2057
4359
1979

3757
1705
4017
1824
3877
1760
4479
2034
4298
1951
4265
1936
4173
1894
4265
1936
4173
1895
4509
2047
4283
1945

2033
922
2030
921
2030
921
2026
919
2725
1236
2139
970
2612
1185
2031
921
2749
1247
2138
970
2626
1191
2033
922
3034
1376
2786
1264
2911
1320

2292
1040
2287
1038
2288
1038
2283
1036
2944
1335
2305
1046
2918
1323
2285
1037
3073
1394
2415
1096
2938
1332
2291
1039
3485
1581
3118
1414
3403
1544

3675
3654
3566
3545
3465
1668
1659
1619
1610
1573
3912
3893
3782
3763
3660
1776
1767
1717
1708
1661
4754
4348
5229
4823
NA
2158
1974
2374
2190
4244
4221
3863
3841
3592
1927
1916
1754
1744
1631
3984
3950
3618
3584
3274
1809
1793
1643
1627
1486
4367
4291
4406
4330
4433
1983
1948
2000
1966
2013
4075
4053
3950
3928
3832
1850
1840
1793
1783
1740
4367
4291
4406
4330
4433
1983
1948
2000
1966
2013
4075
4053
3950
3928
3832
1850
1840
1793
1783
1740
4273
4251
3892
3870
3621
1940
1930
1767
1757
1644
4385
4309
4424
4348
4451
1991
1956
2008
1974
2021
Remote Evaporator Aluminum Fins
1972
2244
NA
NA
NA
895
1018
1967
2238
NA
NA
NA
892
1015
1967
2238
NA
NA
NA
892
1015
1961
2232
NA
NA
NA
889
1013
2119
2337
NA
NA
NA
961
1060
2087
2265
NA
NA
NA
947
1027
1975
2281
NA
NA
NA
896
1034
1968
2236
NA
NA
NA
893
1014
2128
2451
NA
NA
NA
965
1112
2133
2411
NA
NA
NA
967
1094
1990
2302
NA
NA
NA
903
1044
1971
2243
NA
NA
NA
894
1018
2423
2875
NA
NA
NA
1099
1304
2116
2449
NA
NA
NA
960
1111
2300
2793
NA
NA
NA
1043
1267

3444
1563
3641
1653
NA
3569
1620
3240
1471
4357
1978
3810
1730
4357
1978
3810
1730
3598
1633
4375
1986
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

Shipping
Weight
lbs
kg

Xcg

Ycg

in
mm

28882
13113
30703
13939
27315
12401
32311
14669
30279
13747
34791
15795
32014
14534
34790
15795
32016
14535
32545
14775
34935
15860

235
5961
234
5949
204
5179
261
6632
227
5761
273
6939
235
5956
273
6939
234
5954
261
6634
273
6939

44
1125
44
1125
43
1080
44
1125
44
1123
44
1118
44
1125
44
1120
44
1125
44
1125
44
1118

8542
3875
8522
3866
8522
3866
8502
3857
10125
4593
8795
3989
9786
4439
8520
3865
10400
4717
9097
4126
9856
4471
8538
3873
11817
5360
10469
4749
11407
5174

86
2179
86
2177
86
2177
86
2177
104
2637
86
2177
103
2619
86
2177
104
2637
87
2197
103
2621
86
2179
122
3106
103
2621
122
3101

45
1138
45
1138
45
1138
45
1138
44
1115
44
1113
45
1138
45
1135
45
1138
45
1135
45
1138
45
1138
45
1153
45
1138
46
1166

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Table 6

Lifting Weights and CG Dimensions (Refer to Figure 14 - Figure 15)

Unit
185 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
200 Ton 50 Hz High Eff
200 Ton 50 Hz Std Eff
200 Ton 60 Hz High Eff
200 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
225 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
250 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

lbs
kg

2740
1243
3156
1432
2811
1275
3097
1405
2781
1262
3096
1404
3156
1432

2991
1357
3531
1602
3140
1424
3466
1572
3108
1410
3516
1595
3531
1602

2506
1137
2503
1135
2503
1135
2499
1134
3472
1575
2612
1185
3359
1524
2505
1136
3496
1586
2611
1184
3373
1530
2506
1137
3969
1800
3532
1602
3846
1745
3487
1581
4092
1856
3557
1613
4033
1829

2883
1308
2878
1305
2878
1306
2874
1303
3810
1728
2896
1313
3783
1716
2876
1305
3938
1786
3006
1363
3803
1725
2882
1307
4570
2073
3984
1807
4487
2035
3857
1749
4615
2094
4006
1817
4551
2064

2079
2329
NA
NA
943
1057
2478
2853
NA
NA
1124
1294
2196
2525
NA
NA
996
1146
2413
2782
NA
NA
1095
1262
2163
2490
NA
NA
981
1129
2425
2845
NA
NA
1100
1290
2478
2853
NA
NA
1124
1294
Remote Evaporator Copper Fins
2697
3031
NA
NA
1223
1375
2691
3025
NA
NA
1221
1372
2691
3025
NA
NA
1221
1372
2685
3019
NA
NA
1218
1369
2963
3301
NA
NA
1344
1497
2811
3051
NA
NA
1275
1384
2819
3244
NA
NA
1279
1471
2692
3022
NA
NA
1221
1371
2972
3414
NA
NA
1348
1549
2857
3198
NA
NA
1296
1450
2834
3265
NA
NA
1286
1481
2695
3030
NA
NA
1223
1374
3471
4072
NA
NA
1575
1847
2960
3412
NA
NA
1343
1548
3349
3990
NA
NA
1519
1810
2923
3293
NA
NA
1326
1494
3527
4050
NA
NA
1600
1837
3040
3489
NA
NA
1379
1583
3462
3979
NA
NA
1570
1805

Shipping
Weight
lbs
kg

Xcg

Ycg

in
mm

10139
4599
12019
5452
10672
4841
11759
5334
10542
4782
11880
5389
12019
5452

103
2619
122
3091
104
2644
121
3084
104
2639
122
3091
122
3091

44
1123
45
1138
45
1138
45
1138
45
1138
45
1148
45
1138

11116
5042
11096
5033
11096
5033
11076
5024
13545
6144
11369
5157
13206
5990
11094
5032
13820
6269
11671
5294
13276
6022
11112
5040
16082
7295
13889
6300
15672
7109
13559
6150
16284
7386
14092
6392
16024
7269

88
2245
88
2245
88
2245
88
2245
107
2710
88
2243
106
2700
88
2245
107
2708
89
2258
106
2700
88
2245
125
3180
106
2697
125
3178
106
2697
125
3167
107
2713
125
3165

45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
45
1140
44
1123
44
1120
45
1140
45
1138
45
1140
45
1138
45
1140
45
1140
45
1151
45
1140
46
1161
45
1130
45
1140
45
1140
45
1140

Installation - Mechanical
Table 6

Lifting Weights and CG Dimensions (Refer to Figure 14 - Figure 15)

Unit
200 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
225 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff
250 Ton 60 Hz Std Eff

lbs
kg

3528
1600
4031
1828
4092
1856

3974
1802
4600
2086
4615
2094

3007
1364
3473
1575
3527
1600

3453
1566
4042
1833
4050
1837

Table 7

Shipping
Weight
lbs
kg

Xcg

Ycg

in
mm

13962
6333
16145
7323
16284
7386

107
2710
125
3167
125
3167

45
1140
45
1148
45
1140

Remote Evaporator Lifting Weights
Standard Eff

Tonnage
lbs
Kg

Premium Eff

140

155

170

185

200

225

250

140

155

170

185

200

2487
1128

2525
1145

2528
1146

2556
1159

2600
1179

2797
1268

2846
1291

2528
1146

2556
1159

2600
1179

2797
1268

2846
1291

Isolation and Sound Emission
The most effective form of isolation is to locate the unit away from any sound sensitive area. Structurally transmitted sound can be reduced by elastomeric vibration eliminators. Spring isolators are not recommended. Consult an acoustical engineer in
critical sound applications.
For maximum isolation effect, isolate water lines and electrical conduit. Wall sleeves
and rubber isolated piping hangers can be used to reduce the sound transmitted
through water piping. To reduce the sound transmitted through electrical conduit, use
flexible electrical conduit.
State and local codes on sound emissions should always be considered. Since the
environment in which a sound source is located affects sound pressure, unit placement must be carefully evaluated. Sound power levels for Trane air-cooled Series R®
chillers are available on request.

5NITSWITH#OMPRESSORS

5NITSWITHORMORE#OMPRESSORS

Figure 17

Unit Isolator Locations

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Table 8

Unit Isolators

Tonnage

Efficiency

Frequency

Unit Type

Condenser
Fin Material

Isolator Part
Number

Quantity

140
140
140
155
155
155
170
170
170
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
225
225
225
225
250
250
250
250
250
250
275
300
350
350
350
375
400
450
500

Std/High
Std/High
Std/High
Std/High
Std/High
Std/High
Std/High
Std/High
Std/High
Std
High
Std
High
Std
High
Std
High
Std
High
Std
High
Std
High
Std
High
Std
Std
Std
High
Std
Std
Std
High
Std
High
Std/High
Std/High
Std
Std
High
Std/High
Std/High
Std/High
Std

50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
60
50/60
50/60
50/60
60
50
50
50/60
50/60
60
50
50/60
50
50/60
60
60

Packaged
Remote
Packaged/Remote
Packaged
Remote
Packaged/Remote
Packaged
Remote
Packaged/Remote
Packaged
Packaged
Remote
Remote
Packaged
Packaged
Remote
Remote
Packaged
Packaged
Remote
Remote
Packaged
Packaged
Remote
Remote
Packaged
Remote
Packaged/Remote
Packaged
Packaged
Remote
Packaged/Remote
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged
Packaged

AL
AL
Cu
AL
AL
Cu
AL
AL
Cu
AL
AL
AL
AL
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
AL
AL
AL
AL
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
AL
AL
Cu
Al/Cu
AL
AL
Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu
Al/Cu

X10140305620
X10140305610
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305610
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305610
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305610
X10140305610
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305610
X10140305610
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305610
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305610
X10140305620
X10140305620
X10140305630
X10140305640
X10140305640
X10140305640
X10140305640
X10140305640
X10140305640
X10140305640
X10140305640
X10140305640
X10140305640

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Noise Considerations
Locate the outdoor unit away from sound sensitive areas. If required, install rubber
vibration isolators in all water piping and use flexible electrical conduit. Consult an
acoustical engineer for critical applications. Also refer to Trane Engineering Bulletins
for application information on RTAC chillers.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Foundation
Provide rigid, non-warping mounting pads or a concrete foundation of sufficient
strength and mass to support the outdoor unit operating weight (i.e., including completed piping, and full operating charges of refrigerant, oil and water). Refer to Table 1
though Table 5 in the General Information section for unit operating weights. Once in
place, the outdoor unit must be level within 1/ 4" (6 mm) over its length and width.
The Trane Company is not responsible for equipment problems resulting from an
improperly designed or constructed foundation.
NOTE: To allow for cleaning under the condensing coil, it is recommended that an
opening be left between the unit base and the concrete pad.

Clearances
Provide enough space around the outdoor unit to allow the installation and maintenance personnel unrestricted access to all service points. Refer to submittal drawings
for the unit dimensions. A minimum of 4 feet (1.2 m) is recommended for compressor
service. Provide sufficient clearance for the opening of control panel doors. Refer to
Figure 18 through Figure 19 for minimum clearances. In all cases, local codes which
require additional clearances will take precedence over these recommendations.

Figure 18

Recommended Unit Clearances 15-foot bases

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical

Figure 19

Recommended Unit Clearances 18-21 foot bases

Figure 20

Recommended Unit Clearances 30-45 foot bases

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical

Figure 21

Recommended Remote Evaporator Unit Clearances 15-30 foot bases

Figure 22

Recommended Evaporator Clearance

Unobstructed flow of condenser air is essential to maintain chiller capacity and operating efficiency. When determining unit placement, give careful consideration to
assuring a sufficient flow of air across the condenser heat transfer surface. Two detrimental conditions are possible and must be avoided if optimum performance is to be
achieved: warm air recirculation and coil starvation.
Warm air recirculation occurs when discharge air from the condenser fans is recycled
back to the condenser coil inlet. Coil starvation occurs when free airflow to (or from)
the condenser is restricted.
Both warm air recirculation and coil starvation cause reduction in unit efficiency and
capacity due to the increased head pressures.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Debris, trash, supplies etc. should not be allowed to accumulate in the vicinity of the
unit. Supply air movement may draw debris into the condenser coil, blocking spaces
between coil fins and causing coil starvation. Special consideration should be given to
low ambient units. Condenser coils and fan discharge must be kept free of snow or
other obstructions to permit adequate airflow for satisfactory unit operation.
In situations where equipment must be installed with less clearance than recommended, such as frequently occurs in retrofit and rooftop applications, restricted airflow is common. The Main Processor will direct the unit to make as much chilled
water as possible given the actual installed conditions. Consult your Trane sales engineer for more details.
NOTE: If the outdoor unit configuration requires a variance to the clearance dimensions, contact your Trane Sales Office Representative. Also refer to Trane Engineering
Bulletins for application information on RTAC chillers.

Unit Isolation and Leveling
For additional reduction of sound and vibration, install the optional neoprene isolators.
Construct an isolated concrete pad for the unit or provide concrete footings at the unit
mounting points. Mount the unit directly to the concrete pads or footings.
Level the unit using the base rail as a reference. The unit must be level within 1/4-in (6
mm) over the entire length and width. Use shims as necessary to level the unit.
Neoprene Isolator Installation
1. Secure the isolators to the mounting surface using the mounting slots in the isolator base plate. Do not fully tighten the isolator mounting bolts at this time.
2. Align the mounting holes in the base of the unit with the threaded positioning
pins on the top of the isolators.
3. Lower the unit onto the isolators and secure the isolator to the unit with a nut.
Maximum isolator deflection should be 1/4 inch (6 mm).
4. Level the unit carefully. Fully tighten the isolator mounting bolts.

Drainage
Provide a large capacity drain for water vessel drain-down during shutdown or repair.
The evaporator is provided with a drain connection. All local and national codes apply.
The vent on the top of the evaporator waterbox is provided to prevent a vacuum by
allowing air into the evaporator for complete drainage.

Evaporator Water Piping
Thoroughly flush all water piping to the unit before making the final piping connections to the unit.

Evaporator Piping
Components and layout will vary slightly, depending on the location of connections
and the water source.

CAUTION
Evaporator Damage!
The chilled water connections to the evaporator are to be “victaulic”
type connections. Do not attempt to weld these connections, as the
heat generated from welding can cause microscopic and macroscopic
fractures on the cast iron waterboxes that can lead to premature failure
of the waterbox. To prevent damage to chilled water components, do
not allow evaporator pressure (maximum working pressure) to exceed
150 psig (10.5 bar).
RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Provide shutoff valves in lines to the gauges to isolate them from the system when
they are not in use. Use rubber vibration eliminators to prevent vibration transmission
through the water lines. If desired, install thermometers in the lines to monitor entering and leaving water temperatures. Install a balancing valve in the leaving water line
to control water flow balance. Install shutoff valves on both the entering and leaving
water lines so that the evaporator can be isolated for service.

CAUTION
Use Piping Strainers!
To prevent evaporator damage, pipe strainers must be installed in the
water supplies to protect components from water born debris. Trane is
not responsible for equipment-only-damage caused by water born
debris.
“Piping components” include all devices and controls used to provide proper water
system operation and unit operating safety. These components and their general locations are given below.
Entering Chilled Water Piping
• Air vents (to bleed air from system).
•

Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves.

•

Vibration eliminators.

•

Shutoff (isolation) valves. Thermometers (if desired).

•

Clean-out tees.

•

Pipe strainer.

Leaving Chilled Water Piping
• Air vents (to bleed air from system).
•

Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves. Vibration eliminators.

•

Shutoff (isolation) valves.

•

Thermometers.

•

Clean-out tees.

•

Balancing valve.

•

Flow Switch

Evaporator Drain
A1/2 inch drain connection is located under the outlet end of the evaporator waterbox.
This may be connected to a suitable drain to permit evaporator drainage during unit
servicing. A shutoff valve must be installed on the drain line.
Evaporator Flow Switch
Specific connection and schematic wiring diagrams are shipped with the unit. Some
piping and control schemes, particularly those using a single water pump for both
chilled and hot water, must be analyzed to determine how and or if a flow sensing
device will provide desired operation.
Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for selection and installation procedures. General guidelines for flow switch installation are outlined below
1. Mount the switch upright, with a minimum of 5 pipe diameters of straight horizontal run on each side. Do not install close to elbows, orifices or valves.
NOTE: The arrow on the switch must point in the direction of flow.
42

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
2. To prevent switch fluttering, remove all air from the water system.
NOTE: The CH530 provides a 6-second time delay after a “loss-of-flow” diagnostic
before shutting the unit down. Contact a qualified service representative if nuisance
machine shutdowns persist.
3. Adjust the switch to open when water flow falls below the minimum flow rate.
Evaporator data is given in the General Information section. Flow switch contacts
are closed on proof of water flow.
4. Install a pipe strainer in the entering evaporator water line to protect components
from waterborne debris.

Evaporator Water Pressure Drop RTAC 140 - 250 Ton

Evaporator Water Pressure Drop
100

250S, 200H,
225H, 250H
(60Hz)

Pressure Drop (ft H2O)

225S, 185H

200S, 170H

185S, 155H

170S, 140H

155S

140S

1
100

1000
Flow Rate (GPM)

Figure 23

Evaporator Water Pressure Drop

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Evaporator Water Pressure Drop RTAC 250 - 500 Ton
Water-Side Pressure Drop vs Flow Rate
100.0
250S (50Hz)

275S

Pressure Drop (ft H2O)

300S, 250H (50Hz)

350S (60 Hz), 275H, 300H

350S (50Hz)

10.0

375S (50Hz)

400S, 350H

450S (60Hz), 375H (50Hz)

500S (60Hz), 400H
1.0
100

1000

10000

Flow Rate (GPM)

Figure 24

Evaporator Water Pressure Drop

CAUTION
Proper Water Treatment!
The use of untreated or improperly treated water in a unit may result in
scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is recommended that the
services of a qualified water treatment specialist be engaged to
determine what water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no
responsibility for equipment failures which result from untreated or
improperly treated water, or saline or brackish water.
If using an acidic commercial flushing solution, construct a temporary
bypass around the unit to prevent damage to internal components of the
evaporator.
Dirt, scale, products of corrosion and other foreign material will adversely affect heat
transfer between the water and system components. Foreign matter in the chilled
water system can also increase pressure drop and, consequently, reduce water flow.
Proper water treatment must be determined locally, depending on the type of system
and local water characteristics.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Neither salt nor brackish water is recommended for use in Trane air-cooled Series R®
chillers. Use of either will lead to a shortened life to an indeterminable degree. The
Trane Company encourages the employment of a reputable water treatment specialist, familiar with local water conditions, to assist in this determination and in the
establishment of a proper water treatment program.
Using untreated or improperly treated water in these units may result in inefficient
operation and possible tube damage. Consult a qualified water treatment specialist to
determine whether treatment is needed. The following disclamatory label is provided
on each RTAC unit:
NOTE: The use of improperly treated or untreated water in this equipment may
result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. The services of a qualified water
treatment specialist should be engaged to determine what treatment, if any, is
advisable. The Trane Company warranty specifically excludes liability for corrosion,
erosion or deterioration of Trane equipment.

Water Pressure Gauges
Install field-supplied pressure components as shown in Figure 25. Locate pressure
gauges or taps in a straight run of pipe; avoid placement near elbows, etc. Be sure to
install the gauges at the same elevation on each shell if the shells have opposite-end
water connections.

Figure 25

Suggested Piping for Typical RTAC Evaporator

NOTE: Once the unit is installed at a site, one vertical or one diagonal unit support
can be permanently removed if it creates an obstruction for water piping.
To read manifolded pressure gauges, open one valve and close the other (depending
upon the reading desired). This eliminates errors resulting from differently calibrated
gauges installed at unmatched elevations.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Water Pressure Relief Valves

CAUTION
Shell Damage!
To prevent shell damage, install pressure relief valves in the evaporator
water system.
Install a water pressure relief valve in the evaporator inlet piping between the evaporator and the inlet shutoff valve, as shown in Figure 25. Water vessels with close-coupled shutoff valves have a high potential for hydrostatic pressure buildup on a water
temperature increase. Refer to applicable codes for relief valve installation guidelines.

Freeze Protection
If the unit will remain operational at subfreezing ambient temperatures, the chilled
water system must be protected from freezing. Heaters are factory-installed on the
packaged unit evaporator and will help protect it from freezing in ambient temperatures down to -20°F (-29°C).
Install heat tape on all water piping, pumps, water box nozzles and other components
that may be damaged if exposed to freezing temperatures. Heat tape must be
designed for low ambient temperature applications. Heat tape selection should be
based on the lowest expected ambient temperature.
Add a non-freezing, low temperature, corrosion inhibiting, heat transfer fluid may also
be added to the chilled water system. The solution must be strong enough to provide
protection against ice formation at the lowest anticipated ambient temperature. Refer
to Table 1 through Table 5 in the General Information section for evaporator water
storage capacities.
NOTE: Use of glycol type antifreeze reduces the cooling capacity of the unit and
must be considered in the design of the system specifications.

CAUTION
Evaporator Damage!
ALL unit chilled water pumps must be controlled by the Trane CH530 to
avoid catastrophic damage to the evaporator due to freezing. Refer to
RLC-PRB012-EN.

Low Evaporator Refrigerant Cutout and % Glycol
Recommendations
1.

Solution freeze point is 4 deg F below operating point saturation temperature.

2. LRTC is 4 deg F below freeze point.
Procedure
1. Is operating condition contained within Table 9? If no see “Special” below.
2. For leaving fluid temperatures greater than 40 deg F, use settings for 40 deg F.
3. Select operating conditions from Table 9.
4. Read off recommended % glycol.
5. Go to Table 10. From the % glycol.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Important
1. Additional glycol beyond the recommendations will adversely effect unit performance. The unit efficiency will be reduced and the saturated evaporator temperature will be reduced. For some operating conditions this effect can be significant.
2. If additional glycol is used, then use the actual % glycol to establish the low
refrigerant cutout setpoint.
3. The minimum low refrigerant cutout setpoint allowed is -5 deg F. The minimum is
established by the solubility limits of the oil in the refrigerant.
Specials
The following constitute a special that must be calculated by engineering:
1. Freeze inhibitor other than Ethylene Glycol or Propylene Glycol.
2. Fluid delta T outside the range 4 to 16 deg F.
3. Unit configuration other than Standard, Standard with extra pass, and Premium.
4. % Glycol greater than maximum in column in Table 10.
Special should all be calculated by engineering. The purpose of calculating is to make
sure that design saturation temperature is greater than 3 deg F. Additionally, the calculation must verify that the fluid freeze point is a minimum of 4 deg. F lower that the
design saturation temperature. The low evaporator temperature cutout will be 4 deg F
below the freeze point or -5 deg F, whichever is greater.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Table 9

Glycol Recommendations

Ethylene Glycol
DT 4
6
8
[F]
[C] -15 -14 -13

Propylene Glycol
4
6
8
10

-12

-11

-10

-9

-15

-11

-10

-9

-14

-13

-12

Leaving Water Temperature (F/C)

38
-5
5
5
5
6
--6
6
7
7
8
-3
34
-11
11
11
12
---13
13
15
17
--1
30
-15
16
17
18
---19
21
-----1
28
-18
18
19
----22
------2
26
-20
21
22
----25
------3
24
-22
23
26
-----------4
22
-24
26
------------6
20
-26
30
------------7
18
-29
-------------8
16
------31
--------9
14
---30
-----------10
12
---32
-----------11
10.4
34
--------------12
These tables represent the MINIMUM RECOMMENDED glycol percentages for each operating condition
Operation is not recommended at certain operating conditions as some chillers may not satisfy maximum or
minimum velocity requirements or minimum performance requirements. Contact Trane Sales Representative
for more information regarding the operating limits of a particular chiller.

Table 10

Recommended Low Evaporator Refrigerant Cutout and % Glycol

% Glycol

Ethylene Glycol
Low Refrig. Temp Cutout
°F
°C

Propylene Glycol
Low Refrig. Temp Cutout
°F
°C

Solution Freeze Point
°F
°C

28.0

-2.2

25.0

-3.9

28.0

-2.2

32.0

-1.7

25.3

-3.7

29.3

21.5

-5.8

-1.5

25.5

-3.6

22.4

-5.3

26.4

17.5

-3.1

-8.1

21.5

-5.8

19.1

-7.2

23.1

-4.9

20
25

12.8

-10.7

16.8

-8.4

15.3

-9.3

19.3

-7.1

7.4

-13.7

11.4

-11.4

10.8

-11.8

14.8

-9.6

1.1

-17.2

5.1

-15.0

5.3

-14.8

9.3

-12.6

-5.0

-20.6

-2.3

-19.1

-1.3

-19.5

2.7

-16.3

-5.0

-20.6

-10.8

-23.8

-5.0

-20.6

-5.2

-20.7

-5.0

-20.6

-20.7

-29.3

-5.0

-20.6

-14.6

-25.9

-5.0

-20.6

-32.1

-35.6

-5.0

-20.6

-25.8

-32.1

-5.0

-20.6

-42.3

-41.3

-5.0

-20.6

-36.1

-37.8

Solution Freeze Point
°F
°C

Chilled Water Temperature Cutout should be set to 5°F below the lowest allowable Chilled Water Set Point bases on the %Glycol.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
The RTAC 140-250 ton outdoor unit with the Remote Evaporator option is shipped as two
pieces: the outdoor unit (condensing) and the evaporator. Short suction line connections
are provided with the outdoor condensing unit. The remote evaporator is shipped complete, with factory-mounted electronic expansion valves, water temperature sensors, suction pressure transducers, liquid level control sensors, all factory wired to a ribbon cable.
Solenoid valves and drain valves are wired to a relay board in the terminal box. The installing contractor is required to provide and install the following:
• 2-wire, twisted shielded communication line between the remote evaporator terminal
box and the Condensing Unit’s control panel
•

115 VAC single phase power supply to the remote evaporator terminal box

•

2 liquid lines

•

2 suction lines

•

Suction accumulator as specified

NOTE: A unit ordered as a remote evaporator must also be ordered with either the wide
or low ambient option. The fan inverters are necessary for proper control.

System Configuration and Interconnecting Refrigerant Piping
The system may be configured in any of the four arrangements shown in Figure 26. The
configurations and their associated elevations, along with the total distance between the
remote evaporator and the compressor/condenser section, play a critical role in determining suction and liquid line sizes. This will also affect field refrigerant and oil charges. Consequently, there are physical limits which must not be violated if the system is to operate as
designed. Please note the following requirements for field installation:
1. The remote evaporator MUST be matched with its respective outdoor condensing unit.
2. The circuit number on the outdoor condensing unit must match the circuit number on
the evaporator, i.e. circuit #1 on the outdoor condensing unit must be connected with
circuit # 1 on the remote evaporator and likewise for circuit #2. RTAC Circuit Capacities
are shown in General Data Tables.

CAUTION
Equipment Damage!
If the circuits are crossed, serious equipment damage may occur.
3. Piping between the evaporator and outdoor unit can not exceed 200 actual feet and/or
an equivalent length of 300 feet.
NOTE: The latter includes the equivalent length of all associated field installed fittings,
valves, accessories and straight lengths of interconnecting piping.
4. Horizontal portions of suction lines must be downward sloping toward the compressor
at least 1/2 inch for each 10 feet run. This promotes the movement of oil in the direction of gas flow.
5. Suction lines must be insulated.
6. The line sizes defined are to be used only for 40-60 F leaving water temperature and/or
full load ice-making applications.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
7.

Figure 26, drawing 1 depicts an installation where the remote evaporator elevation is the same as that of the outdoor condensing unit. The suction and liquid
lines are horizontal or down flowing only.
The suction and liquid lines can be put under ground or in a trench. The
temperature of the suction lines must never exceed the temperature of the
compressor. The line can be below the compressors a maximum of 15 ft.

8. Figure 26, drawing 2 shows a variation to drawing 1. The remote evaporator and
outdoor condensing unit are at the same elevation but interconnecting piping may
be installed up to 15 feet above the base elevation. Refer to Table 13 to determine
the required length of the suction accumulator line. A full size suction accumulator is required at the evaporator and 50% of the value is required at the condensing unit.
9. A refrigerant drain valve is installed at the bottom of the evaporator for freeze protection. This drain valve is a normally open, pilot operated valve which remains
closed unless there is a potential freezing situation detected via low evap temperatures or low water temperatures or a power failure. If the drain valve is opened
the installed suction accumulator must be capable of holding the entire evaporator charge. Refer to Table 13 for sizing.
10. For installations where the remote evaporator is at a lower elevation than the outdoor condensing unit as shown in Figure 26, drawing 3, the elevation difference is
not to exceed 100 feet. An inverted liquid line trap at the condensing unit is
required to prevent unwanted free cooling. The apex of the liquid line trap should
be at a height above the condenser coils. A suction accumulator must be installed
at the evaporator. Refer to Table 13 for sizing.
11. When the elevation of the remote evaporator exceeds that of the outdoor condensing unit as shown in Figure 26, drawing 4, the elevation difference is determined by Table 11. The suction accumulator line must be installed according to
Table 13. It is very important, for proper control and operation of the chiller, that
the elevation requirements given in Table 11 are not exceeded. It should also be
noted that in this configuration the suction accumulator is installed at the condensing section.
Note: The height is limited by the available subcooling.
12. Compressor & oil separator heaters must be on at least 24 hours prior to compressor start.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option

Figure 26

Remote Evaporator Installations

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option

Figure 27

Circuit Identification

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
R TAC 140-250 To n R em o te E vap o rato r
L iq u id L in e S izes

25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

Total Equiv. Length (ft)

4 0 -5 0 F
L vg . W a te r
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

Total Equiv. Length (ft)

4 0 -5 0 F
L vg . W a te r

Table 11

25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

H eig h t (ft)
11 to 15 16 to 20
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

21 to 25
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
N /A
N /A
N /A

26 to 30
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

31 to 35
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

0
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625

1 to 5
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

6 to 10
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

H eig h t (ft)
11 to 15 16 to 20
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
1.625
2.125
1.625
2.125
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125

21 to 25
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

26 to 30
2.125
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

31 to 35
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

0
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

1 to 5
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

6 to 10
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

H eig h t (ft)
11 to 15 16 to 20
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
1.625
2.125

21 to 25
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

26 to 30
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

31 to 35
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
N /A

0
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

1 to 5
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125

6 to 10
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125

H eig h t (ft)
11 to 15 16 to 20
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

21 to 25
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

26 to 30
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
2.625
2.625

31 to 35
2.125
2.125
2.625
2.625
2.625
2.625
2.625
2.625
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

5 0 -6 0 F
L vg . W a te r

Total Equiv. Length (ft)

6 to 10
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625

25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

0
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625

1 to 5
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

6 to 10
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

H eig h t (ft)
11 to 15 16 to 20
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
1.625
2.125
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

21 to 25
1.375
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

26 to 30
2.125
2.125
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

0
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125

1 to 5
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

6 to 10
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

H eig h t (ft)
11 to 15 16 to 20
1.375
2.125
1.625
2.125
1.625
N /A
2.125
N /A
2.125
N /A
2.125
N /A
2.125
N /A
2.125
N /A
2.125
N /A
2.125
N /A
2.125
N /A
2.125
N /A

21 to 25
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

26 to 30
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

0
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625

1 to 5
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125

6 to 10
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125

H eig h t (ft)
11 to 15 16 to 20
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

21 to 25
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

26 to 30
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
2.625
2.625

0
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

1 to 5
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

6 to 10
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125

H eig h t (ft)
11 to 15 16 to 20
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.125
2.625
2.125
2.625
2.125
2.625
2.125
2.625

21 to 25
2.125
2.125
2.625
2.625
2.625
2.625
2.625
2.625
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

26 to 30
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A
N /A

85-ton C ircuit

5 0 -6 0 F
L vg . W a te r

Total Equiv. Length (ft)

4 0 -5 0 F
L vg . W a te r

1 to 5
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375

25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

100-ton C ircuit

5 0 -6 0 F
L vg . W a te r

Total Equiv. Length (ft)

25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

70-ton C ircuit
0
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375
1.375

25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

120-ton C ircuit

5 0 -6 0 F
L vg . W a te r

Total Equiv. Length (ft)

4 0 -5 0 F
L vg . W a te r

25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

Liquid Line Sizes for Remote Evaporators (typical type L copper O.D.)

Line Sizing
To determine the appropriate outside diameter for field installed liquid and suction
lines, it is first necessary to establish the equivalent length of pipe for each line. It is
also necessary to know the capacity (tons) of each circuit. Circuit capacities for each
RTAC unit are listed in the General Data Tables in Section1.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
Table 12

Equivalent Lengths of Non-Ferrous Valves and Fittings (feet)

Line Size Inches
OD
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-5/8
3-1/8
3-5/8
4-1/8

Globe Valve
87
102
115
141
159
185
216
248

Short Angle
Valve
29
33
34
39
44
53
66
76

Short Radius
ELL
2.7
3.2
3.8
5.2
6.5
8
10
12

Long Radius
ELL
1.9
2.2
2.6
3.4
4.2
5.1
6.3
7.3

Liquid Line Sizing Steps
The steps to compute liquid line size are as follows:
1. Compute the actual length of field installed piping.
2. Multiply the length from step # 1 by 1.5 to estimate the equivalent length.
3. Refer to Table 11 to determine the outside diameter that corresponds to the
equivalent length computed in step # 2 for the height and leaving water temperature of interest.
Note: If the condenser is at the same elevation or above the evap, use the 0 ft.
column.
4. With the outside diameter found in step # 3, use Table 12 to determine the equivalent lengths of each fitting in the field installed piping.
5. Sum the equivalent lengths of all the field installed elbows and valves.
6. Add the length found in step # 5 to the actual length from step # 1. This is your
new equivalent line length.
7.

Using Table 11 again, find the outside diameter that corresponds to the new
equivalent line length from step # 6. If it is the same as step #3, this is the final
equivalent length. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.

8. Using Table 12 and the new outside diameter found in step # 7, find the equivalent
line length of each valve and fitting, and sum them.
9. Add the length found in step # 8 to the actual length from step # 1. This is the new
equivalent line length.
10. With the equivalent line length found in step # 9, use Table 11 to select the proper
outside diameter for the liquid lines. If the same as in step #7, this is your final
equivalent line length. Otherwise, repeat step #7.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
Required Length in Feet of Field Installed Suction Line Accumulator
70 Ton Circuit (1)

85 Ton Circuit

100 Ton Circuit

120 Ton Circuit

1 3/8" O.D. 1 5/8" O.D. 2 1/8" O.D. 1 3/8" O.D. 1 5/8" O.D. 2 1/8" O.D. 1 5/8" O.D. 2 1/8" O.D. 2 5/8" O.D. 1 5/8" O.D. 2 1/8" O.D. 2 5/8" O.D.
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Field
Installed
Installed
Installed
Installed
Installed
Installed
Installed
Installed
Installed
Installed
Installed
Installed
Actual ft
Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line Liquid Line
of field
Length of 3 5/8"
Length of 3 5/8"
Length of 4 1/8"
Length of 4 1/8"
installed
Suction Accumulator
Suction Accumulator
Suction Accumulator
Suction Accumulator
liquid line
10
43
44
45
52
52
53
43
44
46
52
53
54
20
45
46
49
53
54
57
45
47
50
53
55
58
30
46
48
52
54
56
60
46
49
53
55
58
62
40
48
50
55
56
58
63
48
52
57
56
60
66
50
49
52
59
57
60
67
49
55
61
58
63
70
60
51
54
62
59
62
70
51
57
65
59
66
74
70
52
56
65
60
64
73
53
60
69
61
68
78
80
53
58
69
62
66
77
54
62
73
62
71
81
90
55
60
72
63
68
80
56
65
77
64
73
85
100
56
62
75
64
70
83
57
68
81
66
76
89
110
58
64
79
66
72
87
59
70
85
67
79
93
120
59
66
82
67
74
90
60
73
89
69
81
97
130
61
68
85
69
76
93
62
75
93
70
84
101
140
62
70
89
70
78
97
63
78
97
72
86
105
150
64
72
92
72
80
100
65
81
101
73
89
109
160
65
74
95
73
82
103
67
83
105
75
92
113
170
66
76
99
75
84
107
68
86
108
76
94
117
180
68
78
102
76
86
110
70
88
112
78
97
121
190
69
79
105
77
88
113
71
91
116
80
99
125
200
71
81
109
79
90
117
73
94
120
81
102
129
(1) Note: Circuit 2 (M1) of 155 Ton Premium Unit requires an additional 10 feet of Suction Accumulator length.

Table 13

Required Length of Field Installed Suction Accumulator

NOTE: Location and quantity of suction accumulator is dependent upon the unit
configuration.
Example Liquid Line Sizing

Figure 28

Liquid Line Sizing Example

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
For this example, refer to Table 11, Table 12 and Figure 28. Assume a 70 ton circuit
and a leaving water temperature of 49 degrees F.
1. From Figure 28, the actual length of field installed piping is:
80 + 8 + 8 + 21 = 117 feet
2. Estimate equivalent line length:
117 feet x 1.5 = 175 feet
3. From Table 11 for a 70 ton circuit, for 175 equivalent feet the OD is 1.375 inches.
Note: use the 0 ft. column since the condenser is above the evap
4. In Figure 28 there are six long-radius elbows. From Table 12, for 1.375 inch
elbows, the equivalent feet is:
6 elbows x 2.2 feet = 13.2 feet
5. Adding equivalent feet from step #4 to step #1 gives:
13.2 feet + 117 feet = 130.2 feet
6. From Table 11, for a 70 ton circuit, for 125 equivalent feet (nearest to 130.2), the
O.D. is 1- 3/8 inches.
Liquid Line size = 1-3/8 inches
Suction Line Sizing Steps
Table 14

Suction Line Sizes

Vertical/Upflow and Horizontal/Downflow Suction Lines O.D. (Type L Copper)
LWT (F)
70 ton circuit
85ton circuit
100 ton circuit
120 ton circuit
40 - 60
3 5/8”
3 5/8”
4 1/8”
4 1/8”

The steps to compute suction line size are as follows:
1. Break the suction line into it's Vertical/Upflow and Horizontal/Downflow components.
2. From Table 14, select the appropriate Vertical/Upflow suction line outside diameter according to the circuit tonnage. This is the diameter of the upflow suction line
and any fittings in the upflow line.
3. From Table 14, select the appropriate Horizontal/Downflow suction line outside
diameter according to the circuit tonnage. This is the diameter of the upflow suction line and any fittings in the upflow line.
NOTE: The diameters of the upflow, and horizontal or downflow portions of the
suction line may differ depending on the application.
Example Suction Line Sizing
For this example, refer to Table 14 and Figure 28 assume a 70 ton circuit and a leaving
water temperature of 49 degrees F.
1. From Table 14, the vertical/upflow suction line is: 3 5/8” O.D.
2. From Table 14, the horizontal/downflow line is: 3 5/8” O.D.
NOTE: In this example, the horizontal line is pitched downward in the direction of
flow.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
Suction Accumulator Sizing
Use Table 13 to calculate length and size of the required suction accumulator(s).
Example of Suction Accumulator Line Sizing
Use Figure 28 and the same assumptions from the liquid line sizing example to calculate the suction accumulator line size and length.
In this case the accumulator is installed at the evaporator.
1. Use the 70 ton circuit column.
2. From the liquid line sizing example, use a field installed liquid line of:
1.375 (1 3/8”) inches
3. The actual feet of liquid line installed is: 117 feet
4. The size of the suction accumulator is: 3 5/8 inches
5. The length of the suction line accumulator is: 59 feet

Piping Installation Procedures
The outdoor unit and the evaporator are shipped with a 25 psig holding pressure of
dry nitrogen. Do not relieve this pressure until field installation of the refrigerant piping is to be accomplished. This will require the removal of the temporary pipe caps.
NOTE: Use Type L refrigerant-grade copper tubing only.
The refrigerant lines must be isolated to prevent line vibration from being transferred
to the building. Do not secure the lines rigidly to the building at any point.
All horizontal suction lines should be pitched downward, in the direction of flow, at a
slope of 1/2 inch per 10 feet of run.
Do not use a saw to remove end caps, as this may allow copper chips to contaminate
the system. Use a tubing cutter or heat to remove the end caps.
When sweating copper joints, flow dry nitrogen through the system. This prevents
scale formation and the possible formation of an explosive mixture of R-134a and air.
This will also prevent the formation of toxic phosgene gas, which occurs when refrigerant is exposed to open flame.

WARNING
Hazardous Gas!
To prevent injury or death, due to explosion and/or inhalation of
phosgene gas, purge the system thoroughly with dry nitrogen while
sweating connections. Use a pressure regulator in the line between the
unit and the high pressure nitrogen cylinder to avoid over-pressurization
and possible explosion.Failure to use a nitrogen purge and pressure
regulator could result in death or serious injury or equipment damage.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
Refrigerant Sensors
All necessary refrigerant devices, transducers and solenoids are factory installed and
wired to the evaporator terminal box.

Refrigerant Pressure Relief Valve Venting

WARNING
Hazardous Gases!
Consult local regulations for any special relief line requirements.
Refrigerant vented into a confined equipment room could displace
available oxygen to breathe, causing possible asphyxiation or other
serious health risks. Failure to follow these recommendations could
result in death or serious injury.
Vent pipe size must conform to the ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15 for vent pipe sizing. All
federal, state, and local codes take precedence over any suggestions stated in this
manual.
All relief valve venting is the responsibility of the installing contractor.
All RTAC remote evaporator units use evaporator pressure relief valves (Figure 29)
that must be vented to the outside of the building.
Relief valve connection sizes and locations are shown in the unit submittals. Refer to
local codes for relief valve vent line sizing information.

Caution
Equipment Damage!
Do not exceed vent piping code specifications. Failure to comply with
specifications may result in capacity reduction, unit damage and/or relief
valve damage.
Relief valve discharge setpoints and capacities rates are given in Table 12. Once the
relief valve has opened, it will re-close when pressure is reduced to a safe level.
Once opened, relief valves may have a tendency to leak and must be replaced.
Pressure relief valve discharge capacities will vary with shell diameter and length and
also compressor displacement. Discharge venting capacity should be calculated as
required by ASHRAE Standard 15-94. Do not adjust relief valve setting in the field.
Table 15

Pressure Relief Valve Data

Valve Location

Evap

Discharge
Setpoint
(psi)
200

Number of
Valves
2

Rated Capacity
per Relief Valve
(lba/min.)
28.9

Field Connection
Pipe Size (in NPT)
3/4

Factory
Shell Side
Connection (in)
7/8 - 14

Leak Test and Evacuation
After installation of the refrigerant piping, thoroughly test the system for leaks. Pressure test the system at pressures required by local codes.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
WARNING
Hazard of Explosion!
Use only dry nitrogen with a pressure regulator for pressurizing unit. Do
not use acetylene, oxygen or compressed air or mixtures containing
them for pressure testing. Do not use mixtures of a hydrogen containing
refrigerant and air above atmospheric pressure for pressure testing as
they may become flammable and could result in an explosion.
Refrigerant, when used as a trace gas should only be mixed with dry
nitrogen for pressurizing units. Failure to follow these recommendations
could result in death or serious injury or equipment or property-only
damage.
For field evacuation, use a rotary-type vacuum pump capable of pulling a vacuum of
500 microns or less. Follow the pump manufacturer's instructions for proper use of
the pump. The line used to connect the pump to the system should be copper and be
the largest diameter that can be practically used. A larger line size with minimum flow
resistance can significantly reduce evacuation time.
Use the ports on the suction service valves and the liquid line shutoff valves for
access to the system for evacuation. Ensure that the suction service valve, the liquid
line shutoff valve, the oil line shutoff valve and any field installed valves are open in
the proper position before evacuating.
Insulate the entire suction line and the suction accumulator line. Where the line is
exposed to the weather, wrap it with weatherproof tape and seal with weatherproof
compound.

Figure 29

Remote Evaporator

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option

Figure 30

Field Wiring between Remote Evaporator and Condensing Unit

Refrigerant and Additional Oil Charge
Refrigerant Charge Determination
The approximate amount of refrigerant charge required by the system must be determined by referring to Table 16 and must be verified by running the system and checking subcooling.
Table 16

Field Installed Piping Charge
Pipe O.D. (in)
1-3/8
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-5/8
3-1/8
3-5/8
4-1/8

Suction Line
lbs of R134a per 100ft
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5.0
6.8
8.8

Liquid Line
lbs of R134a per 100ft
62.4
88.3
153.6
236.9
N/A
N/A
N/A

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option
1.

To determine the appropriate charge, first refer to the General Data Tables in Section 1 to establish the required charge without the field-installed piping.

2. Next, determine the charge required for the field-installed piping by referring to
Table 16.
3. Sum the values of step 1 and step 2 to determine the circuit charge.
NOTE: The amounts of refrigerant listed in Table 16 are per 100 feet of pipe.
Requirements will be in direct proportion to the actual length of piping.
Oil Charge Determination
The unit is factory charged with the amount of oil required by the system, without the
field-installed piping. The amount of the additional oil required is dependent upon the
amount of refrigerant that is added to the system for the field installed piping.
Use the following formula to calculate the amount of oil to be added:
Pints of Oil = [lbs of R-134a added for field-installed piping]/100

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
General Recommendations
All wiring must comply with local codes and the National Electric Code. Typical field
wiring diagrams are included at the end of the manual. Minimum circuit ampacities
and other unit electrical data are on the unit nameplate and in Table 17 though Table
19. See the unit order specifications for actual electrical data. Specific electrical
schematics and connection diagrams are shipped with the unit.

CAUTION
Use Copper Conductors Only!
Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors.
Failure to use copper conductors may result in equipment damage.

Important!
Do not allow conduit to interfere with other components, structural members or
equipment. Control voltage (115V) wiring in conduit must be separate from
conduit carrying low voltage (<30V) wiring.
Caution: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run low voltage wiring (<30V)
in conduit with conductors carrying more than 30 volts.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Table 17

Unit Electrical Data for Std. Efficiency at All Ambient Operation

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power
Breaker or
Unit Rated
Conns MCA (3) MOP (11)
Size Voltage (1)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Ckt1/Ckt2
660
800
RTAC 200/60/3 1
140
200/60/3 2
364/364
600/600
230/60/3 1
581
800
230/60/3 2
320/320
500/500
380/60/3 1
348
450
380/60/3 2
192/192
300/300
460/60/3 1
290
400
460/60/3 2
160/160
250/250
575/60/3 1
232
300
575/60/3 2
128/128
200/200
400/50/3 1
333
450
400/50/3 2
184/184
300/300
730
1000
RTAC 200/60/3 1
155
200/60/3 2
433/364
700/600
230/60/3 1
641
800
230/60/3 2
380/320
600/500
380/60/3 1
380
500
380/60/3 2
228/192
350/300
460/60/3 1
319
450
460/60/3 2
189/160
300/250
575/60/3 1
255
350
575/60/3 2
152/128
250/200
400/50/3 1
373
500
400/50/3 2
224/184
350/300
785
1000
RTAC 200/60/3 1
170
200/60/3 2
433/433
700/700
230/60/3 1
691
800
230/60/3 2
380/380
600/600
380/60/3 1
413
500
380/60/3 2
228/228
350/350
460/60/3 1
343
450
460/60/3 2
189/189
300/300
575/60/3 1
275
350
575/60/3 2
152/152
250/250
400/50/3 1
406
500
400/50/3 2
224/224
350/350
874
1200
RTAC 200/60/3 1
185
200/60/3 2
522/433
800/700
230/60/3 1
770
1000
230/60/3 2
459/380
700/600
380/60/3 1
460
600
380/60/3 2
275/228
450/350
460/60/3 1
382
500
460/60/3 2
228/189
350/300
575/60/3 1
306
400
575/60/3 2
183/152
300/250
400/50/3 1
446
600
400/50/3 2
264/224
450/350

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)
Rec. Time
Delay or
RDE (4)
Ckt1/Ckt2
800
450/450
700
400/400
400
250/250
350
200/200
300
175/175
400
250/250
1000
600/450
800
450/400
450
300/250
400
225/200
300
200/175
450
300/250
1000
600/600
800
450/450
500
300/300
400
225/225
350
200/200
450
300/300
1000
700/600
1000
600/450
600
350/300
450
300/225
350
225/200
500
350/300

Qty
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

RLA (5)
Ckt1/Ckt2
270-270
270/270
235-235
235/235
142-142
142/142
118-118
118/118
94-94
94/94
138-138
138/138
320-270
320/270
278-235
278/235
168-142
168/142
139-118
139/118
111-94
111/94
168-138
168/138
320-320
320/320
278-278
278/278
168-168
168/168
139-139
139/139
111-111
111/111
168-168
168/168
386-320
386/320
336-278
336/278
203-168
203/168
168-139
168/139
134-111
134/111
198-168
198/168

Fans (Each)
XLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2
1498-1498
1498/1498
1314-1314
1314/1314
801-801
801/801
652-652
652/652
520-520
520/520
774-774
774/774
1845-1498
1845/1498
1556-1314
1556/1314
973-801
973/801
774-652
774/652
631-528
631/528
896-796
896/796
1845-1845
1845/1845
1556-1556
1556/1556
973-973
973/973
774-774
774/774
631-631
631/631
896-896
896/896
2156-1845
2156/1845
1756-1556
1756/1556
1060-973
1060/973
878-774
878/774
705-631
705/631
1089-896
1089/896

YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2
487-487
487/487
427-427
427/427
260-260
260/260
212-212
212/212
172-172
172/172
259-259
259/259
600-701
600/701
506-571
506/571
316-260
316/260
252-212
252/212
205-172
205/172
291-259
291/259
600-600
600/600
506-506
506/506
316-316
316/316
252-252
252/252
205-205
205/205
291-291
291/291
701-600
701/600
571-506
571/506
345-316
345/316
285-252
285/252
229-205
229/205
354-291
354/291

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2
8
4/4
8
4/4
8
4/4
8
4/4
8
4/4
8
4/4
9
5/4
9
5/4
9
5/4
9
5/4
9
5/4
9
5/4
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5

kW
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

FLA
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

Control
VA (7)
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83

Installation - Electrical
Table 17

Unit Electrical Data for Std. Efficiency at All Ambient Operation

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power
Breaker or
Unit Rated
Conns MCA (3) MOP (11)
Size Voltage (1)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Ckt1/Ckt2
947
1200
RTAC 200/60/3 1
200
200/60/3 2
522/522
800/800
230/60/3 1
834
1000
230/60/3 2
459/459
700/700
380/60/3 1
499
700
380/60/3 2
275/275
450/450
460/60/3 1
414
500
460/60/3 2
228/228
350/350
575/60/3 1
323
450
575/60/3 2
183/183
300/300
400/50/3 1
479
600
400/50/3 2
264/264
450/450
1045
1200
RTAC 200/60/3 1
225
200/60/3 2
620/522
1000/800
230/60/3 1
920
1200
230/60/3 2
545/459
800/700
380/60/3 1
551
700
380/60/3 2
327/275
500/450
460/60/3 1
457
600
460/60/3 2
271/228
450/350
575/60/3 1
367
500
575/60/3 2
218/183
350/300
1124
1200
RTAC 200/60/3 1
250
200/60/3 2
620/620
1000/1000
230/60/3 1
989
1200
230/60/3 2
545/545
800/800
380/60/3 1
594
800
380/60/3 2
327/327
500/500
460/60/3 1
492
600
460/60/3 2
271/271
450/450
575/60/3 1
395
500
575/60/3 2
218/218
350/350
400/50/3 1
563
700
400/50/3 2
333/265
450/450
NA
RTAC 200/60/3 1
275
200/60/3 2
785/522
1000/800
230/60/3 1
NA
230/60/3 2
681/459
800/700
380/60/3 1
NA
380/60/3 2
413/275
500/450
460/60/3 1
536
700
460/60/3 2
343/228
450/350
575/60/3 1
430
500
575/60/3 2
275/183
350/300
400/50/3 1
629
800
400/50/3 2
406/265
500/450

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)

Fans (Each)

Rec. Time
Delay or
RDE (4)
Ckt1/Ckt2
1200
700/700
1000
600/600
600
350/350
500
300/300
400
225/225
600
350/350
1200
800/700
1200
700/600
700
400/350
600
350/300
450
300/225
1200
800/800
1200
700/700
700
400/400
600
350/350
500
300/300
700
400/350

Qty
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3

RLA (5)
Ckt1/Ckt2
386-386
386/386
336-336
336/336
203-203
203/203
168-168
168/168
134-134
134/134
198-198
198/198
459-386
459/386
399-336
399/336
242-203
242/203
200-168
200/168
160-134
160/134
459-459
459/459
399-399
399/399
242-242
242/242
200-200
200/200
160-160
160/160
138-138-198
138/138/198

XLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2
2156-2156
2156/2156
1756-1756
1756/1756
1060-1060
1060/1060
878-878
878/878
705-705
705/705
1089-1089
1089/1089
2525-2156
2525/2156
2126-1756
2126/1756
1306-1060
1306/1060
1065-878
1065/878
853-705
853/705
2525-2525
2525/2525
2126-2126
2126/2126
1306-1306
1306/1306
1065-1065
1065/1065
853-853
853/853
796-796-1089
796/796/1089

YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2
701-701
701/701
571-571
571/571
345-345
345/345
285-285
285/285
229-229
229/229
354-354
354/354
821-701
821/701
691-571
691/571
424-345
424/345
346-285
346/285
277-229
277/229
821-821
821/821
691-691
691/691
424-424
424/424
346-346
346/346
277-277
277/277
259-259-354
259/259/354

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
8/6

kW
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

FLA
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

1000/700

320/320/386

1845/1845/2156

600/600/701

10/6

1.5

6.5 1.2

800/600

278/278/336

1556/1556/1756

506/506/571

10/6

1.5

6.5 1.2

500/350
600
400/300
500
350/225
700
450/350

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

168/168/203
139-139-168
139/139/168
111-111-134
111-111/134
168-168-198
168/168/198

973/973/1060
774-774-878
774/774/878
631-631-705
631/631/705
896-896-1089
896/896/1089

316/316/345
252-252-285
252/252/285
205-205-229
205/205/229
291-291-354
291/291/254

10/6
16
10/6
16
10/6
16
10/6

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

Control
VA (7)
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
1.2
1.2

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Table 17

Unit Electrical Data for Std. Efficiency at All Ambient Operation

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power
Breaker or
Unit Rated
Conns MCA (3) MOP (11)
Size Voltage (1)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Ckt1/Ckt2
NA
RTAC 200/60/3 1
300
200/60/3 2
947/522
1200/800
230/60/3 1
NA
230/60/3 2
834/459
1000/700
380/60/3 1
NA
380/60/3 2
499/275
700/450
460/60/3 1
600
700
460/60/3 2
414/228
500/350
575/60/3 1
481
600
575/60/3 2
332/183
450/300
400/50/3 1
694
800
400/50/3 2
480/265
600/450
NA
RTAC 200/60/3 1
350
200/60/3 2
1124/522 1200/800

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)

Fans (Each)

Rec. Time
Delay or
RDE (4)
RLA (5)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Qty Ckt1/Ckt2

XLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2 kW

Control
FLA VA (7)

1200/700

386/386/386

2156/2156/2156

701/701/701

12/6

1.5

6.5 1.2

1000/600

336/336/336

1756/1756/1756

571/571/571

12/6

1.5

6.5 1.2

600/350
700
500/300
600
400/225
800
600/350

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

203/203/203
168-168-168
168/168/168
134-134-134
134/134/134
198-198-198
198/198/198

1060/1060/1060
878-878-878
878/878/878
705-705-705
705/705/705
1089-1089-1089
1089/1089/1089

345/345/345
285-285-285
285/285/285
229-229-229
229/229/229
354-354-354
354/354/354

12/6
18
12/6
18
12/6
18
12/6

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

1200/700

459/459/386

1845/1845/1845/
1845

821/821/701

14/6

1.5

6.5 1.2

691/691/571

14/6

1.5

6.5 1.2

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

230/60/3 1
230/60/3 2

NA
989/459

1200/700

1200/600

399/399/336

1556/1556/1556/
1556

380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3

1
2
1
2
1
2
1

NA
594/275
678
492/228
544
395/183
770

800/450
800
600/350
700
500/300
800

700/350
800
600/300
600
450/225
800

3
3
3
3
3
4

973/973/973/973
774-774-774-774
774/774/774/774
631-631-631-631
631/631/631/631
896-896-896-896

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9

3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8

406/406

500/500

450/450

10/10

0.9

2.8 1.59

RTAC 400/50/3 1
375
400/50/3 2

844

1000

0.9

2.8 1.59

480/406

600/500

600/450

424/424/345
346-346-285
346/346/285
277-277-229
277/277/229
291-291-291291
896/896/896/896 291/291/291/
291
1089-1089-896-896 354-354-291291
1089/1089/896/896 354/354/291/
291

14/6
20
14/6
20
14/6
20

400/50/3 2

242/242/203
200-200-168
200/200/168
160-160-134
160/160/134
168-168-168168
168/168/168/
168
198-198-168168
198/198/168/
168

12/10

0.9

2.8 1.59

RTAC 200/60/3 1
400
200/60/3 2

NA
947/947

1200/1200

1200/1200 4

386/386/386/
386

2156/2156/2156/
2156

701/701/701/
701

14/14

1.5

6.5 1.59

230/60/3 1
230/60/3 2

NA
834/834

1000/1000

1000/1000 4

336/336/336/
336

1756/1756/1756/
1756

571/571/571/
571

14/14

1.5

6.5 1.59

380/60/3 1
380/60/3 2

NA
499/499

700/700

600/600

3.5 1.59

800

1.5

3.0 1.59

460/60/3 2

414/414

500/500

14/14

1.5

3.0 1.59

575/60/3 1

630

700

1.5

2.5 1.59

575/60/3 2

332/332

450/450

400/400

14/14

1.5

2.5 1.59

400/50/3 1

909

1000

0.9

2.8 1.59

400/50/3 2

480/480

600/600

345/345/345/
345
285-285-285285
285/285/285/
285
229-229-229229
229/229/229/
229
354-354-354354
354/354/354/
354

1.5

786

1060/1060/1060/
1060
878-878-878-878

14/14

460/60/3 1

203/203/203/
203
168-168-168168
168/168/168/
168
134-134-134134
134/134/134/
134
198-198-198198
198/198/198/
198

14/14

0.9

2.8 1.59

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

878/878/878/878
705-705-705-705
705/705/705/705
1089-1089-10891089
1089/1089/1089/
1089

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.59

Installation - Electrical
Table 17

Unit Electrical Data for Std. Efficiency at All Ambient Operation

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power
Breaker or
Unit Rated
Conns MCA (3) MOP (11)
Size Voltage (1)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Ckt1/Ckt2
NA
RTAC 200/60/3 1
450
200/60/3 2
1124/947 1200/1200

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)
Rec. Time
Delay or
RDE (4)
RLA (5)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Qty Ckt1/Ckt2

Fans (Each)
XLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2 kW

Control
FLA VA (7)

1200/1200 4

459/459/386/
386

2525/2525/2156/
2156

821/821/701/
701

14/12

1.5

6.5 1.59

230/60/3 1
230/60/3 2

NA
989/834

1200/1000

1200/1000 4

399/399/336/
336

2126/2126/1756/
1756

691/691/571/
571

14/12

1.5

6.5 1.59

380/60/3 1
380/60/3 2

NA
594/499

800/700

700/600

1.5

3.5 1.59

864

1000

1.5

3.0 1.59

460/60/3 2

492/414

600/500

14/12

1.5

3.0 1.59

575/60/3 1

693

800

1.5

2.5 1.59

575/60/3 2

395/332

500/450

450/400

1306/1306/1060/ 424/424/345/
1060
345
1065-1065-878-878 346-346-285285
1065/1065/878/878 346/346/285/
285
853-853-705-705 277-277-229229
853/853/705/705 277/277/229/
229

14/12

460/60/3 1

242/242/203/
203
200-200-168168
200/200/168/
168
160-160-134134
160/160/134/
134

14/12

1.5

2.5 1.59

NA
1124/1124

1200/1200

1200/1200 4

459/459/459/
459

2525/2525/2525/
2525

821/821/821/
821

14/14

1.5

6.5 1.59

230/60/3 1
230/60/3 2

NA
989/989

1200/1200

1200/1200 4

399/399/399/
399

2126/2126/2126/
2126

691/691/691/
691

14/14

1.5

6.5 1.59

380/60/3 1
380/60/3 2

NA
594/594

800/800

700/700

3.5 1.59

1000

1.5

3.0 1.59

460/60/3 2

490/490

600/600

14/14

1.5

3.0 1.59

575/60/3 1

745

800

1.5

2.5 1.59

575/60/3 2

393/393

500/500

450/450

424/424/424/
424
346-346-346346
346/346/346/
346
277-277-277277
277/277/277/
277

1.5

929

1306/1306/1306/
1306
1065-1065-10651065
1065/1065/1065/
1065
853-853-853-853

14/14

460/60/3 1

242/242/242/
242
200-200-200200
200/200/200/
200
160-160-160160
160/160/160/
160

14/14

1.5

2.5 1.59

RTAC 200/60/3 1
500
200/60/3 2

853/853/853/853

Notes:
1. As standard, 140-250 ton (60 Hz) units and 140-200 ton (50Hz) units have a single point power connection. Optional dual point power connections
are available. As standard, 275-500 ton (60Hz) units and 250-400 ton (50Hz) units have dual point power connections. Optional single point power
connections are available on 380V, 460V 575V/50 Hz and 400V/50 Hz units.
2. Max Fuse or HACR type breaker = 225 percent of the largest compressor RLA plus 100 percent of the second compressor RLA, plus the sum of the
condenser fan FLA per NEC 440-22. (Use FLA per circuit, NOT FLA for the entire unit).
3. MCA - Minimum Circuit Ampacity - 125 percent of largest compressor RLA plus 100 percent of the second compressor RLA plus the sum of the
condenser fans FLAs per NEC 440-33.
4. RECOMMENDED TIME DELAY OR DUAL ELEMENT (RDE) FUSE SIZE: 150 percent of the largest compressor RLA plus 100 percent of the second
compressor RLA and the sum of the condenser fan FLAs.
5. RLA - Rated Load Amps - rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995.
6. Local codes may take precedence.
7. Control VA includes operational controls only. Does not include evaporator heaters.
8. XLRA - Locked Rotor Amps - based on full winding (x-line) start units. YLRA for wye-delta starters is ~1/3 of LRA of x-line units.
9. Voltage Utilization Range:
Rated Voltage
200/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
Use Range
180-220
208-254
342-418
414-506
516-633
360-440
10. A separate 115/60/1, 20 amp or 220/50/1, 15 amp customer provided power connection is required to power the evaporator heaters (1640 watts).
11. If factory circuit breakers are supplied with the chiller, then these values represent Maximum Overcurrent Protection (MOP).

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Table 18

Unit
Size
RTAC
140

RTAC
155

RTAC
170

RTAC
185

Unit Electrical Data for High Efficiency at Std. Ambient Operation

Rated
Voltage
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power MCA (3) Breaker or
Conns Ckt1/
MOP (11)
(1)
Ckt2
Ckt1/Ckt2
1
648
800
2
356/356
600/600
1
572
700
2
314/314
500/500
1
341
450
2
188/188
300/300
1
285
350
2
157/157
250/250
1
228
300
2
125/125
200/200
1
325
450
2
179/179
300/300
1
712
1000
2
421/356
700/600
1
628
800
2
371/314
600/500
1
376
500
2
222/188
350/300
1
313
400
2
185/157
300/250
1
250
350
2
148/125
250/200
1
363
500
2
217/179
350/300
1
765
1000
2
421/421
700/700
1
675
800
2
371/371
600/600
1
404
500
2
222/222
350/350
1
336
450
2
185/185
300/300
1
269
350
2
148/148
250/250
1
394
500
2
217/217
350/350
1
856
1200
2
512/421
800/700
1
755
1000
2
451/371
700/600
1
452
600
2
270/222
450/350
1
375
500
2
224/185
350/300
1
301
400
2
180/148
300/250
1
433
600
2
256/217
400/350

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)
Rec. Time
Delay or
RDE (4)
Ckt1/Ckt 2
800
450/450
700
400/400
400
225/225
350
200/200
250
150/150
400
225/225
800
500/450
700
450/400
416
300/225
350
225/200
300
175/150
450
300/225
1000
500/500
800
450/450
450
300/300
400
225/225
300
175/175
450
300/300
1000
700/500
1000
600/450
500
350/300
450
300/225
350
225/175
500
350/300

Qty
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

RLA (5)
Ckt1/Ckt2
259-259
259/259
225-225
225/225
136-136
136/136
113-113
113/113
90-90
90/90
132-132
132/132
305-259
305/259
265-225
265/225
161-136
161/136
133-113
133/113
106-90
106/90
160-132
160/132
305-305
305/305
265-265
265/265
161-161
161/161
133-133
133/133
106-106
106/106
160-160
160/160
373-305
373/305
324-265
324/265
196-161
196/161
162-133
162/133
130-106
130/106
189-160
189/160

XLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2
1498-1498
1498/1498
1314-1314
1314/1314
801-801
801/801
652-652
652/652
520-520
520/520
774-774
774/774
1845-1498
1845/1498
1556-1314
1556/1314
973-801
973/801
774-652
774/652
631-528
631/528
896-796
896/796
1845-1845
1845/1845
1556-1556
1556/1556
973-973
973/973
774-774
774/774
631-631
631/631
896-896
896/896
2156-1845
2156/1845
1756-1556
1756/1556
1060-973
1060/973
878-774
878/774
705-631
705/631
1089-896
1089/896

Fans (Each)
YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2
487-487
487/487
427-427
427/427
260-260
260/260
212-212
212/212
172-172
172/172
259-259
259/259
600-487
600/487
506-427
506/427
316-260
316/260
252-212
252/212
205-172
205/172
291-259
291/259
600-600
600/600
506-506
506/506
316-316
316/316
252-252
252/252
205-205
205/205
291-291
291/291
701-600
701/600
571-506
571/506
345-316
345/316
285-252
285/252
229-205
229/205
354-291
354/291

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6

kW
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

FLA
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

Installation - Electrical
Table 18

Unit
Size
RTAC
200

RTAC
225

RTAC
250

RTAC
275

Unit Electrical Data for High Efficiency at Std. Ambient Operation

Rated
Voltage
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power MCA (3) Breaker or
Conns Ckt1/
MOP (11)
(1)
Ckt2
Ckt1/Ckt2
1
931
1200
2
512/512
800/800
1
820
1000
2
451/451
700/700
1
490
600
2
270/270
450/450
1
407
500
2
224/224
350/350
1
328
450
2
180/180
300/300
1
464
600
2
256/256
400/400
1
1023
1200
2
611/506
1000/800
1
900
1200
2
537/544
800/700
1
539
700
2
322/266
500/450
1
447
600
2
267/221
450/350
1
359
500
2
214/178
350/300
1
1110
1200
2
611/611
1000/1000
1
977
1200
2
537/537
800/800
1
585
800
2
322/322
500/500
1
485
600
2
267/267
450/450
1
389
500
2
214/214
350/350
1
546
700
2
325/254
450/400
1
NA
2
765/506
1000/800
1
NA
2
675/444
800/700
1
NA
2
405/266
500/450
1
523
600
2
336/221
450/350
1
420
500
2
269/178
350/300
1
607
700
2
394/254
500/400

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)
Rec. Time
Delay or
RDE (4)
Ckt1/Ckt 2
1200
700/700
1000
600/600
600
350/350
450
300/300
400
225/225
600
350/350
1200
800/600
1000
700/600
600
400/350
500
350/300
400
300/225
1200
800/800
1200
700/700
700
400/400
600
350/350
450
300/300
600
400/350

Qty
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3

RLA (5)
Ckt1/Ckt2
373-373
373/373
324-324
324/324
196-196
196/196
162-162
162/162
130-130
130/130
189-189
189/189
447-373
447/373
388-224
388/324
235-196
235/196
194-162
194/162
155-130
155/130
447-447
447/447
388-388
388/388
235-235
235/235
194/-194
194/194
155-155
155/155
132-132-189
132/132/189

1000/600

305/305/373

800/600

450/350
600
400/300
450
300/225
700
450/350

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Fans (Each)
YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2
701-701
701/701
571-571
571/571
345-345
345/345
285-285
285/285
229-229
229/229
354-354
354/354
821-701
821/701
691-571
691/571
424-345
424/345
346-285
346/285
277-229
277/229
821-821
821/821
691-691
691/691
424-424
424/424
346-346
346/346
277-277
277/277
259-259-354
259/259/354

kW
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

FLA
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

Control
VA (7)
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
1.2
1.2

1845/1845/2156 600/600/701 12/6

1.5

6.5

1.2

265/265/324

1556/1556/1756 506/506/571 12/6

1.5

6.5

1.2

161/161/196
133-133-162
133/133/162
106-106-130
106/106/130
160-160-189
160/160/189

973/973/1060
774-774-878
77/-774/878
631-631-705
631/631/705
896-896-1089
896/896/1089

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

316/316/345
252-252-285
252/252/285
205-205-229
205/205/229
291-291-354
291/291/254

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
8/6
14
8/6
14
8/6
14
8/6
14
8/6
16
8/8
16
8/8
16
8/8
16
8/8
7/4
8/8
16
10/6

12/6
18
12/6
18
12/6
18
12/6

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Table 18

Unit
Size
RTAC
300

RTAC
350

RTAC
375

Unit Electrical Data for High Efficiency at Std. Ambient Operation

Rated
Voltage
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3
200/60/3
200/60/3

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power MCA (3) Breaker or
Conns Ckt1/
MOP (11)
(1)
Ckt2
Ckt1/Ckt2
1
NA
2
931/506
1200/800
1
NA
2
820/444
1000/700
1
NA
2
490/266
600/450
1
587
700
2
407/221
500/350
1
473
500
2
328/178
450/300
1
671
800
2
465/254
600/400
1
NA
2
765/765
1000/1000

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)

230/60/3
230/60/3

1
2

NA
675/675

800/800

800800

380/60/3
380/60/3

1
2

NA
405/405

500/500

460/60/3

638

460/60/3

336/336

RLA (5)
Qty Ckt1/Ckt2

XLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

1200/600

373/373/373

2156/2156/2156 701/701/701 14/6

1.5

6.5

1.2

1000/600

324/324/324

1756/1756/1756 571/571/571 14/6

1.5

6.5

1.2

600/350
700
450/300
500
400/225
800
600/350

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

196/196/196
162-162 - 162
162/162/162
130-130-130
130/130/130
189-189-189
189/189/189

1060/1060/1060
878-878-878
878/878/878
705-705-705
705/705/705
1089-1089-1089
1089/1089/1089

1000/1000

YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

Qty.
Control
Ckt1/Ckt2 kW FLA VA (7)

345/345/345
285-285-285
285/285/285
229-229-229
229/229/229
354-354-354
354/354/354

14/6
20
14/6
20
14/6
20
14/6

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

305/305/305/ 1845/1845/
305
1845/1845

600/600/
600/600

12/12

1.5

6.5

1.2

265/265/265/ 1556/1556/
265
1556/1556

506/506/506/ 12/12
506

1.5

6.5

1.2

450/450

3.5

1.2

700

1.5

3.0

1.2

450/450

400/400

973/973/973/
316/316/316/ 12/12
973
316
774-774-774-774 252-252-252- 24
252
774/774/774/774 252/252/252/ 12/12
252

1.5

700

161/161/161/
161
133-133-133133
133/133/133/
133

1.5

3.0

1.2

631-631-631631
631/631/631/
631
896-896-896896
896/896/896/
896
1089-1089896-896
1089/1089/
896/896

1.5

2.5

1.2

12/12

1.5

2.5

1.2

0.9

2.8

1.59

12/12

0.9

2.8

1.59

0.9

2.8

1.59

14/12

0.9

2.8

1.59

575/60/3

511

600

575/60/3

269/269

350/350

300/300

400/50/3

748

800

400/50/3

394/394

500/500

450/450

400/50/3

819

1000

400/50/3

465/394

600/500

600/450

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Fans (Each)

Rec. Time
Delay or
RDE (4)
Ckt1/Ckt 2

106-106106-106
106/106/
106/106
160-160160-160
160/160/
160/160
189-189160-160
189/189/
160/160

205-205205-205
205/205/
205/205
291-291291-291
291/291/
291/291
354-354291-291
254/254/
291/291

Installation - Electrical
Table 18

Unit
Size
RTAC
400

Unit Electrical Data for High Efficiency at Std. Ambient Operation

Rated
Voltage

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power MCA (3) Breaker or
Conns Ckt1/
MOP (11)
(1)
Ckt2
Ckt1/Ckt2

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)
Rec. Time
Delay or
RDE (4)
Ckt1/Ckt 2

RLA (5)
Qty Ckt1/Ckt2

Fans (Each)

XLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

Qty.
Control
Ckt1/Ckt2 kW FLA VA (7)

200/60/3
200/60/3

1
2

NA
931/931

1200/1200

373/373/
373/373

2156/2156/
2156/2156

701/701/
701/701

14/14

1.5

6.5

1.59

230/60/3
230/60/3

1
2

NA
820/820

1000/1000

324/324/
324/324

1756/1756/
1756/1756

571/571/
571/571

14/14

1.5

6.5

1.59

380/60/3
380/60/3

1
2

NA
490/490

600/600

3.5

1.59

773

800

1.5

3.0

1.59

460/60/3

407/407

500/500

450/450

14/14

1.5

3.0

1.59

575/60/3

623

700

1.5

2.5

1.59

575/60/3

328/328

450/450

400/400

14/14

1.5

2.5

1.59

400/50/3

882

1000

0.9

2.8

1.59

400/50/3

465/465

600/600

345/345/
345/345
285-285285-285
285/285/
285/285
229-229229-229
229/229/
229/229
354-354354-354
354/354/
354/354

1.5

1060/1060/
1060/1060
878-878-878878
878/878/878/
878
705-705-705705
705/705/705/
705
1089-10891089-1089
1089/1089/
1089/1089

14/14

460/60/3

196/196/
196/196
162-162162-162
162/162/
162/162
130-130130-130
130/130/
130/130
189-189189-189
189/189/
189/189

14/14

0.9

2.8

1.59

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Table 19

Unit
Size
RTAC
140

RTAC
155

RTAC
170

RTAC
185

Unit Electrical Data for High Efficiency at High Ambient Operation

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power
Breaker or
Conns MCA (3)
MOP (11)
(1)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Ckt1/Ckt2
1
673
800
2
370/370
600/600
1
594
700
2
327/327
500/500
1
355
400
2
195/195
300/300
1
296
400
2
163/163
250/250
1
237
300
2
130/130
200/200
1
339
450
2
187/187
300/300
1
742
1000
2
439/370
700/600
1
654
800
2
387/327
600/500
1
391
500
2
231/195
350/300
1
325
450
2
192/163
300/250
1
261
350
2
154/130
250/200
1
379
500
2
227/187
350/300
1
798
1000
2
439/439
700/700
1
704
800
2
387/387
600/600
1
420
500
2
231/231
350/350
1
349
450
2
192/192
300/300
1
280
350
2
154/154
250/250
1
412
500
2
227/227
350/350
1
887
1200
2
528/439
800/700
1
783
1000
2
466/387
800/600
1
467
600
2
278/231
450/350
1
388
500
2
231/192
350/300
1
311
450
2
185/154
300/250
1
445
600
2
267/227
450/350

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)
Rec. Time
Delay or RDE
(4)
Ckt1/Ckt 2
800
450/450
700
400/400
400
250/250
350
200/200
300
175/175
400
225/225
1000
600/450
800
500/400
450
300/250
400
225/200
300
200/175
450
300/225
1000
600/600
800
500/500
500
300/300
400
225/225
350
200/200
500
300/300
1000
700/600
1000
600/500
600
350/300
450
300/225
350
225/200
500
350/300

Qty
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
10
5/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
11
6/5
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
12
6/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6
13
7/6

kW
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

FLA
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

Installation - Electrical
Table 19

Unit
Size
RTAC
200

RTAC
225

RTAC
250

RTAC
275

Unit Electrical Data for High Efficiency at High Ambient Operation

Rated
Voltage
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
200/60/3
200/60/3
230/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3
200/60/3
200/60/3

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power
Breaker or
Conns MCA (3)
MOP (11)
(1)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Ckt1/Ckt2
1
960
1200
2
528/528
800/800
1
847
1000
2
466/466
800/800
1
506
700
2
278/278
450/450
1
420
500
2
231/231
350/350
1
337
450
2
185/185
300/300
1
485
600
2
267/267
450/450
1
1051
1200
2
626/522
1000/800
1
926
1200
2
551/459
800/700
1
555
700
2
331/275
500/450
1
460
600
2
274/228
450/350
1
369
500
2
220/183
350/300
1
1137
1200
2
626/626
1000/1000
1
1002
1200
2
551/551
800/800
1
601
800
2
331/331
500/500
1
498
600
2
274/274
450/450
1
400
500
2
220/220
350/350
1
569
700
2
339/265
450/450
1
NA
2
798/522
1000/800

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)
Rec. Time
Delay or RDE
(4)
Ckt1/Ckt 2
1200
700/700
1000
600/600
600
350/350
500
300/300
400
225/225
600
350/350
1200
800/700
1200
700/600
700
400/350
600
350/300
450
300/225
1200
800/800
1200
700/700
700
400/400
600
350/350
450
300/300
700
400/350

Qty
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3

1000/700

320/320/386 1845/1845/
2156

230/60/3
230/60/3

1
2

NA
704/459

800/700

800/600

380/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
400/50/3

1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2

NA
420/275
542
349/228
435
280/183
634
412/265

500/450
700
450/350
500
350/300
800
500/450

500/350
600
400/300
500
350/225
700
500/350

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

RLA (5)
Ckt1/Ckt2
386-386
386/386
336-336
336/336
203-203
203/203
168-168
168/168
134-134
134/134
198-198
198/198
459-358
459/358
399-336
399/336
242-203
242/203
200-168
200/168
160-134
160/134
459-459
459/459
399-399
399/399
242-242
242/242
200-200
200/200
160-160
160/160
138-138-198
138/138/198

Fans (Each)

XLRA (8)
YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Ckt1/Ckt2
2156-2156
701-701
2156/2156
701/701
1756-1756
571-571
1756/1756
571/571
1060-1060
345-345
1060/1060
345/345
878-878
285-285
878/878
285/285
705-705
229-229
705/705
229/229
1089-1089
354-354
1089/1089
354/354
2525-2156
821-701
2525/2156
821/701
2126-1756
691-571
2126/1756
691/571
1306-1060
424-345
1306/1060
424/345
1065-878
346-285
1065/878
346/285
853-705
277-229
853/705
277/229
2525-2525
821-821
2525/2525
821/821
2126-2126
691-691
2126/2126
691/691
1306-1306
424-424
1306/1306
424/424
1065-1065
346-346
1065/1065
346/346
853-853
277-277
853/853
277/277
796-796-1089 259-259-354
796/796/1089 259/259/354

kW
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

FLA
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

Control
VA (7)
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
1.2
1.2

600/600/701 12/6

1.5

6.5

1.2

278/278/336 1556/1556/
1756

506/506/571 12/6

1.5

6.5

1.2

168/168/203
139-139-168
139/139/168
111-111-134
111/111/134
168-168-168
168/168/168

316/316/345
252-252-285
252/252/285
205-205-229
205/205/229
291-291-354
291/291/254

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9
0.9

3.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

973/973/1060
774-774-878
774/774/878
631-631-705
631/631/705
896-896-1089
896/896/1089

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
7/7
14
8/6
14
8/6
14
8/6
14
8/6
14
8/6
16
8/8
16
8/8
16
8/8
16
8/8
16
8/8
16
10/6

12/6
18
12/6
18
12/6
18
12/6

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Table 19

Unit
Size
RTAC
300

RTAC
350

RTAC
375

Unit Electrical Data for High Efficiency at High Ambient Operation

Rated
Voltage
200/60/3
200/60/3

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power
Breaker or
Conns MCA (3)
MOP (11)
(1)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Ckt1/Ckt2
1
NA
2
960522
1200/800

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)

1200/700

230/60/3
230/60/3

1
2

NA
847/459

1000/700

1000/600

380/60/3
380/60/3

1
2

NA
506/275

700/450

460/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3

1
2
1
2
1

606
420/228
486
337/183
700

400/50/3

200/60/3
200/60/3

Rec. Time
Delay or RDE
(4)
RLA (5)
Ckt1/Ckt 2 Qty Ckt1/Ckt2

YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2 kW

FLA

Control
VA (7)

386/386/386 2156/2156/
2156

701/701/701

14/6

1.5

6.5

1.2

336/336/336 1756/1756/
1756

571/571/571 14/6

1.5

6.5

1.2

600/350

345/345/345 14/6

1.5

3.5

1.2

700
500/350
600
450/300
800

700
500/300
600
400/225
800

3
3
3
3
3

285-285-285
285/285/285
229-229-229
229/229/229
354-354-354

20
14/6
20
14/6
20

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.9

3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.8

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

485/265

600/450

600/350

203/203/203 1060/1060/
1060
168-168-168 878-878-878
168/168/168 878/878/87/
134-134-134 705-705-705
134/134/134 705/705/705
198-198-198 1089-10891089
198/198/198 1089/1089/
1089

354/354/354 14/6

0.9

2.8

1.2

1
2

NA
798/798

10001000

320/320/320/ 1845/1845/
320
1845/1845

600/600/600/ 12/12
600

1.5

6.5

1.2

230/60/3
230/60/3

1
2

NA
704/704

800/800

278/278/278/ 1556/1556/
278
1556/1556

506/506/506/ 12/12
506

1.5

6.5

1.2

380/60/3
380/60/3

1
2

NA
420/420

500/500

1.5

3.5

1.2

663

700

1.5

3.0

1.2

460/60/3

349/349

450/450

400/400

12/12

1.5

3.0

1.2

575/60/3

532

600

1.5

2.5

1.2

575/60/3

280/280

350/350

12/12

1.5

2.5

1.2

400/50/3

782

800

0.9

2.8

1.59

400/50/3

412/412

500/500

12/12

0.9

2.8

1.59

400/50/3

855

1000

0.9

2.8

1.59

400/50/3

485/412

600/500

316/316/316/
316
252-252-252252
252/252/252/
252
205-205-205205
205/205/205/
205
291-291-291291
291/291/291/
291
354-354-291291
254/254/291/
291

12/12

460/60/3

168/168/168/
168
139-139-139139
139/139/139/
139
111-111-111111
111/111/111/
111
168-168-168168
168/168/168/
168
198-198-168168
198/198/168/
168

14/12

0.9

2.8

1.59

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

XLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

Fans (Each)

973/973/973/
973
774-774-774774
774/774/774/
774
631-631-631631
631/631/631/
631
896-896-896896
896/896/896/
896
1089-1089896-896
1089/1089/
896/896

Installation - Electrical
Table 19

Unit
Size
RTAC
400

Unit Electrical Data for High Efficiency at High Ambient Operation

Rated
Voltage
200/60/3
200/60/3

Unit Wiring
Max. Fuse,
# of
HACR
Power
Breaker or
Conns MCA (3)
MOP (11)
(1)
Ckt1/Ckt2 Ckt1/Ckt2
1
NA
2
960/960
1200/1200

Motor Data
Compressor (Each)

12001200

386/386/386/ 2156/2156/
386
2156/2156

701/701/701/ 14/14
701

230/60/3
230/60/3

1
2

NA
847/847

1000/1000

336/336/336/ 1756/1756/
336
1756/1756

380/60/3
380/60/3

1
2

NA
505/506

700/700

600/600

460/60/3

798

800

460/60/3

420/420

500/500

575/60/3

640

700

575/60/3

337/337

450/450

400/400

400/50/3

920

1000

400/50/3

485/485

600/600

203/203/203/
203
168-168-168168
168/168/168/
16/
134-134-134134
134/134/134/
134/
198-198-198198
198/198/198/
198

Rec. Time
Delay or RDE
(4)
RLA (5)
Ckt1/Ckt 2 Qty Ckt1/Ckt2

XLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

1060/1060/
1060/1060
878-878-878878
878/878/878/
878
705-705-705705
705/705/705/
705
1089-10891089-1089
1089/1089/
1089

Fans (Each)
YLRA (8)
Ckt1/Ckt2

Qty.
Ckt1/Ckt2 kW

FLA

Control
VA (7)

1.5

6.5

1.59

571/571/571/ 14/14
571

1.5

6.5

1.59

345/345/345/
345
285-285-285285
285/285/285/
285
229-229-229229
229/229/229/
229
354-354-354354
354/354/354/
354

14/14

1.5

3.5

1.59

1.5

3.0

1.59

14/14

1.5

3.0

1.59

1.5

2.5

1.59

14/14

1.5

2.5

1.59

0.9

2.8

1.59

14/14

0.9

2.8

1.59

Notes:
As standard, 140-250 ton (60 Hz) units and 140-200 ton (50Hz) units have a single point power connection. Optional dual point power connections are
available. As standard, 275-500 ton (60Hz) units and 250-400 ton (50Hz) units have dual point power connections. Optional single point power connections are available on 380V, 460V 575V/50 Hz and 400V/50 Hz units.
2. Max Fuse or HACR type breaker = 225 percent of the largest compressor RLA plus 100 percent of the second compressor RLA, plus the sum of the
condenser fan FLA per NEC 440-22. (Use FLA per circuit, NOT FLA for the entire unit).
3. MCA - Minimum Circuit Ampacity - 125 percent of largest compressor RLA plus 100 percent of the second compressor RLA plus the sum of the
condenser fans FLAs per NEC 440-33.
4. RECOMMENDED TIME DELAY OR DUAL ELEMENT (RDE) FUSE SIZE: 150 percent of the largest compressor RLA plus 100 percent of the second
compressor RLA and the sum of the condenser fan FLAs.
5. RLA - Rated Load Amps - rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995.
6. Local codes may take precedence.
7. Control VA includes operational controls only. Does not include evaporator heaters.
8. XLRA - Locked Rotor Amps - based on full winding (x-line) start units. YLRA for wye-delta starters is ~1/3 of LRA of x-line units.
Voltage Utilization Range:
Rated Voltage
200/60/3
230/60/3
380/60/3
460/60/3
575/60/3
400/50/3
Use Range
180-220
208-254
342-418
414-506
516-633
360-440
9. A separate 115/60/1, 20 amp or 220/50/1, 15 amp customer provided power connection is required to power the evaporator heaters (1640 watts).
10. If factory circuit breakers are supplied with the chiller, then these values represent Maximum Overcurrent Protection (MOP).

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Installer-Supplied Components
Customer wiring interface connections are shown in the electrical schematics and
connection diagrams that are shipped with the unit. The installer must provide the
following components if not ordered with the unit:
• Power supply wiring (in conduit) for all field-wired connections.
•

All control (interconnecting) wiring (in conduit) for field supplied devices.

•

Fused-disconnect switches or circuit breakers.

•

Power factor correction capacitors. (optional)

Power Supply Wiring
All power supply wiring must be sized and selected accordingly by the project
engineer in accordance with NEC Table 310-16.

WARNING
Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors!
Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before
servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power
cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other
energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the
appropriate manufacturer’s literature for allowable waiting periods for
discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all
capacitors have discharged. Failure to disconnect power and discharge
capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury.
Note: For additional information regarding the safe discharge of
capacitors, see PROD-SVB06A-EN or PROD-SVB06A-FR
All wiring must comply with local codes and the National Electrical Code. The
installing (or electrical) contractor must provide and install the system interconnecting
wiring, as well as the power supply wiring. It must be properly sized and equipped
with the appropriate fused disconnect switches.
The type and installation location(s) of the fused disconnects must comply with all
applicable codes.

CAUTION
Use Copper Conductors Only!
Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors.
Failure to use copper conductors may result in equipment damage.
Cut holes into the sides of the control panel for the appropriately-sized power wiring
conduits. The wiring is passed through these conduits and connected to the terminal
blocks, optional unit-mounted disconnects, or HACR type breakers. Refer to Figure
31.
To provide proper phasing of 3-phase input, make connections as shown in field
wiring diagrams and as stated on the WARNING label in the starter panel. For
additional information on proper phasing, refer to “Unit Voltage Phasing.” Proper
equipment ground must be provided to each ground connection in the panel (one for
each customer-supplied conductor per phase).

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
115 volt field-provided connections (either control or power) are made through
knockouts on the lower left side of the panel (Figure 31). Additional grounds may be
required for each 115 volt power supply to the unit. Green lugs are provided for 115V
customer wiring.

Knockouts for 30 volt
Cut holes for power
wiring THIS AREA

115 volt
field wiring

Figure 31

Starter Panel

Control Power Supply
The unit is equipped with a control power transformer; it is not necessary to provide
additional control power voltage to the unit.
All units are factory-connected for appropriate labeled voltages except for the 400V/
50Hz units which need the control power transformer (1T1) reconnected as noted
below.
NOTE: Important! As shipped, a normal 400 volt unit control power transformer is
wired on the 400 volt tap (H3). Reconnect the appropriate transformer wire lead 126A
to the tap (H2) for 380V/50Hz power supply or lead 126A to the tap H4 for the 415V/
50 Hz power supply. It is also necessary to adjust the “unit voltage” setting using
TechView (Configuration-Custom Tab).
Heater Power Supply and Convenience Outlet (Packaged Units Only)
The evaporator shell is insulated from ambient air and protected from freezing
temperatures by two thermostatically-controlled immersion heaters and two strip
heaters. Whenever the water temperature drops to approximately 37°F (2.8°C), the
thermostat energizes the heaters. The heaters will provide protection from ambient
temperatures down to -20°F (-29°C).
It is required to provide an independent power source (115V 60Hz-20 amp, 220V
50Hz-15 amp), with a fused-disconnect. The heaters are factory-wired back to the unit
control panel.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
CAUTION
Heat Tape!
Control panel main processor does not check for loss of power to the
heat tape nor does it verify thermostat operation. A qualified technician
must verify power to the heat tape and confirm operation of the heat
tape thermostat to avoid catastrophic damage to the evaporator.
A convenience outlet is also optional, which shares the same power supply as the
heaters on 140-250 ton units. Be aware that when the heater is operating, the
convenience outlet amperage draw will be reduced accordingly.
NOTE: The convenience outlet is optional. The heaters are required.

Interconnecting Wiring
Chilled Water Flow (Pump) Interlock
The Model RTAC Series R® chiller requires a field-supplied control voltage contact
input through a flow proving switch 5S1 and an auxiliary contact 5K1 AUX. Connect
the proving switch and auxiliary contact to 1TB5-8 and 1U11 J3-2. Refer to the field
wiring for details. The auxiliary contact can be BAS signal, starter contactor auxiliary.
or any signal which indicates the pump is running. A flow switch is still required and
cannot be omitted.
Chilled Water Pump Control
An evaporator water pump output relay closes when the chiller is given a signal to go
into the Auto mode of operation from any source. The contact is opened to turn off
the pump in the event of most machine level diagnostics to prevent the build up of
pump heat.

CAUTION
Evaporator Damage!
IMPORTANT: ALL unit chilled water pumps must be controlled by the
Trane CH530 to avoid catastrophic damage to the evaporator due to
freezing. Refer to RLC-PRB012-EN.
The relay output from 1U10 is required to operate the Evaporator Water Pump (EWP)
contactor. Contacts should be compatible with 115/240 VAC control circuit. The EWP
relay operates in different modes depending on CH530 or Tracer commands, if
available, or service pumpdown (See maintenance section). Normally, the EWP relay
follows the AUTO mode of the chiller. Whenever the chiller has no diagnostics and is
in the AUTO mode, regardless of where the auto command is coming from, the
normally open relay is energized. When the chiller exits the AUTO mode, the relay is
timed open for an adjustable (using TechView) 0 to 30 minutes. The non-AUTO modes
in which the pump is stopped, include Reset (88), Stop (00), External Stop (100),
Remote Display Stop (600), Stopped by Tracer (300), Low Ambient Run Inhibit (200),
and Ice Building complete (101).
Regardless of whether the chiller is allowed to control the pump on a full-time basis, if
the MP calls for a pump to start and water does not flow, the evaporator may be
damaged catastrophically. It is the responsibility of the installing contractor and/or
the customer to ensure that a pump will start when called upon by the chiller
controls.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Table 20

Pump Relay Operation

Chiller Mode
Auto
Ice Building
Tracer Override
Stop
Ice Complete
Diagnostics

Relay Operation
Instant close
Instant close
Close
TImed Open
Instant Open
Instant Open

NOTE: Exceptions are listed below.
When going from Stop to Auto, the EWP relay is energized immediately. If evaporator
water flow is not established in 4 minutes and 15 sec., the CH530 de-energizes the
EWP relay and generates a non-latching diagnostic. If flow returns (e.g. someone else
is controlling the pump), the diagnostic is cleared, the EWP is re-energized, and
normal control resumed.
If evaporator water flow is lost once it had been established, the EWP relay remains
energized and a non-latching diagnostic is generated. If flow returns, the diagnostic is
cleared and the chiller returns to normal operation.
In general, when there is either a non-latching or latching diagnostic, the EWP relay is
turned off as though there was a zero time delay. Exceptions (see above table)
whereby the relay continues to be energized occur with:
A Low Chilled Water Temp. diagnostic (non-latching) (unless also accompanied by an
Evap Leaving Water Temperature Sensor Diagnostic)
or
A starter contactor interrupt failure diagnostic, in which a compressor continues to
draw current even after commanded to have shutdown
or
A Loss of Evaporator Water Flow diagnostic (non-latching) and the unit is in the AUTO
mode, after initially having proven evaporator water flow.
Alarm and Status Relay Outputs (Programmable Relays)
A programmable relay concept provides for enunciation of certain events or states of
the chiller, selected from a list of likely needs, while only using four physical output
relays, as shown in the field wiring diagram. The four relays are provided (generally
with a Quad Relay Output LLID) as part of the Alarm Relay Output Option. The relay’s
contacts are isolated Form C (SPDT), suitable for use with 120 VAC circuits drawing
up to 2.8 amps inductive, 7.2 amps resistive, or 1/3 HP and for 240 VAC circuits
drawing up to 0.5 amp resistive.
The list of events/states that can be assigned to the programmable relays can be
found in Table 21. The relay will be energized when the event/state occurs.
Table 21

Alarm and Status Relay Output Configuration Table

Alarm - Latching
Alarm - Auto Reset
Alarm

Description
This output is true whenever there is any active diagnostic that requires a manual reset to clear, that
affects either the Chiller, the Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit. This classification does not
include informational diagnostics.
This output is true whenever there is any active diagnostic that could automatically clear, that affects
either the Chiller, the Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit. This classification does not include
informational diagnostics.
This output is true whenever there is any diagnostic affecting any component, whether latching or automatically clearing. This classification does not include informational diagnostics

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Table 21

Alarm and Status Relay Output Configuration Table

Description
This output is true whenever there is any diagnostic effecting Refrigerant Circuit 1, whether latching or
automatically clearing, including diagnostics affecting the entire chiller. This classification does not
include informational diagnostics.
Alarm Ckt 2
This output is true whenever there is any diagnostic affecting Refrigerant Circuit 2 whether latching or
automatically clearing, including diagnostics effecting the entire chiller. This classification does not
include informational diagnostics.
Chiller Limit Mode This output is true whenever the chiller has been running in one of the Unloading types of limit modes
(with a 20 minute fil- (Condenser, Evaporator, Current Limit or Phase Imbalance Limit) continuously for the last 20 minutes.
ter)
Circuit 1 Running
This output is true whenever any compressors are running (or commanded to be running) on Refrigerant
Circuit 1, and false when no compressors are commanded to be running on that circuit.
Circuit 2 Running
This output is true whenever any compressors are running (or commanded to be running) on Refrigerant
Circuit 2, and false when no compressors are commanded to be running on that circuit.
Chiller Running
This output is true whenever any compressors are running (or commanded to be running) on the chiller
and false when no compressors are commanded to be running on the chiller.
Maximum Capacity This output is true whenever the chiller has reached maximum capacity or had reached its maximum
(software 18.0 or
capacity and since that time has not fallen below 70% average current relative to the rated ARI current
later)
for the chiller. The output is false when the chiller falls below 70% average current and, since that time,
had not reestablished maximum capacity.
Alarm Ckt 1

Relay Assignments Using TechView
CH530 Service Tool (TechView) is used to install the Alarm and Status Relay Option
package and assign any of the above list of events or status to each of the four relays
provided with the option. The relays to be programmed are referred to by the relay’s
terminal numbers on the LLID board 1U12.
The default assignments for the four available relays of the RTAC Alarm and Status
Package Option are:
Table 22

Default Assignments

Relay
Relay 1 Terminals J2 -12,11,10:
Relay 2 Terminals J2 - 9,8,7:
Relay 3 Terminals J2-6,5,4:
Relay 4 Terminals J2-3,2,1:

Alarm
Chiller Running
Maximum Capacity (software 18.0 or later)
Chiller Limit

If any of the Alarm/Status relays are used, provide electrical power, 115 VAC with
fused-disconnect to the panel and wire through the appropriate relays (terminals on
1U12 (EUR=A4-5)). Provide wiring (switched hot, neutral, and ground connections) to
the remote annunciation devices. Do not use power from the chiller’s control panel
transformer to power these remote devices. Refer to the field diagrams which are
shipped with the unit.

Low Voltage Wiring
The remote devices described below require low voltage wiring. All wiring to and
from these remote input devices to the Control Panel must be made with shielded,
twisted pair conductors. Be sure to ground the shielding only at the panel.
To prevent control malfunctions, do not run low voltage wiring (<30 V) in
conduit with conductors carrying more than 30 volts.
Emergency Stop
CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/installed latching trip out.
When this customer-furnished remote contact 5K14 is provided, the chiller will run
normally when the contact is closed. When the contact opens, the unit will trip on a
manually resettable diagnostic. This condition requires manual reset at the chiller
switch on the front of the control panel.
Connect low voltage leads to terminal strip locations on 1U4. Refer to the field
diagrams that are shipped with the unit.
RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended. These customer-furnished contacts
must be compatible with 24 VDC, 12 mA resistive load.
External Auto/Stop
If the unit requires the external Auto/Stop function, the installer must provide leads
from the remote contacts 5K15 to the proper terminals of the LLID 1U4 on the control
panel.
The chiller will run normally when the contacts are closed. When either contact
opens, the compressor(s), if operating, will go to the RUN:UNLOAD operating mode
and cycle off. Unit operation will be inhibited. Closure of the contacts will permit the
unit to return to normal operation.
Field-supplied contacts for all low voltage connections must be compatible with dry
circuit 24 VDC for a 12 mA resistive load. Refer to the field diagrams that are shipped
with the unit.
External Circuit Lockout – Circuit #1 and Circuit #2
CH530 provides auxiliary control of a customer specified or installed contact closure,
for individual operation of either Circuit #1 or #2. If the contact is closed, the
refrigerant circuit will not operate 1K15 and 1K16.
Upon contact opening, the refrigerant circuit will run normally. This feature is used to
restrict total chiller operation, e.g. during emergency generator operations.
Connections to 1U5 are shown in the field diagrams that are shipped with the unit.
These customer-supplied contact closures must be compatible with 24 VDC, 12 mA
resistive load. Silver or gold plated contacts are recommended.
Ice Building Option
CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/installed contact closure for
ice building if so configured and enabled. This output is known as the Ice Building
Status Relay. The normally open contact will be closed when ice building is in
progress and open when ice building has been normally terminated either through Ice
Termination setpoint being reached or removal of the Ice Building command. This
output is for use with the ice storage system equipment or controls (provided by
others) to signal the system changes required as the chiller mode changes from “ice
building” to “ice complete”. When contact 5K18 is provided, the chiller will run
normally when the contact is open.
CH530 will accept either an isolated contact closure (External Ice Building command)
or a Remote Communicated input (Tracer) to initiate and command the Ice Building
mode.
CH530 also provides a “Front Panel Ice Termination Setpoint”, settable through
TechView, and adjustable from 20 to 31°F (-6.7 to -0.5°C) in at least 1°F (1°C)
increments.
NOTE: When in the Ice Building mode, and the evaporator entering water temperature drops below the ice termination setpoint, the chiller terminates the Ice Building
mode and changes to the Ice Building Complete Mode.

CAUTION
Evaporator Damage!
Freeze inhibitor must be adequate for the leaving water temperature.
Failure to do so will result in damage to system components.
Techview must also be used to enable or disable Ice Machine Control. This setting
does not prevent the Tracer from commanding Ice Building mode.
Upon contact closure, the CH530 will initiate an ice building mode, in which the unit
runs fully loaded at all times. Ice building shall be terminated either by opening the
contact or based on the entering evaporator water temperature. CH530 will not

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
permit the ice building mode to be reentered until the unit has been switched out of
ice building mode (open 5K18 contacts) and then switched back into ice building
mode (close 5K18 contacts.)
In ice building, all limits (freeze avoidance, evaporator, condenser, current) will be
ignored. All safeties will be enforced.
If, while in ice building mode, the unit gets down to the freeze stat setting (water or
refrigerant), the unit will shut down on a manually resettable diagnostic, just as in
normal operation.
Connect leads from 5K18 to the proper terminals of 1U7. Refer to the field diagrams
which are shipped with the unit.
Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended. These customer furnished contacts
must be compatible with 24 VDC, 12 mA resistive load.
External Chilled Water Setpoint (ECWS) Option
The CH530 provides inputs that accept either 4-20 mA or 2-10 VDC signals to set the
external chilled water setpoint (ECWS). This is not a reset function. The input defines
the set point. This input is primarily used with generic BAS (building automation
systems). The chilled water setpoint set via the DynaView or through digital
communication with Tracer (Comm3). The arbitration of the various chilled water
setpoint sources is described in the flow charts at the end of the section.
The chilled water setpoint may be changed from a remote location by sending either a
2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA signal to the 1U6, terminals 5 and 6 LLID. 2-10 VDC and 4-20
mA each correspond to a 10 to 65°F (-12 to 18°C) external chilled water setpoint.
The following equations apply:
Voltage Signal

Current Signal

As generated from external
source

VDC=0.1455*(ECWS)+0.5454

mA=0.2909(ECWS)+1.0909

As processed by CH530

ECWS=6.875*(VDC)-3.75

ECWS=3.4375(mA)-3.75

If the ECWS input develops an open or short, the LLID will report either a very high or
very low value back to the main processor. This will generate an informational
diagnostic and the unit will default to using the Front Panel (DynaView) Chilled Water
Setpoint.
TechView Service Tool is used to set the input signal type from the factory default of
2-10 VDC to that of 4-20 mA. TechView is also used to install or remove the External
Chilled Water Setpoint option as well as a means to enable and disable ECWS.
External Current Limit Setpoint (ECLS) Option
Similar to the above, the CH530 also provides for an optional External Current Limit
Setpoint that will accept either a 2-10 VDC (default) or a 4-20 mA signal. The Current
Limit Setting can also be set via the DynaView or through digital communication with
Tracer (Comm 3). The arbitration of the various sources of current limit is described in
the flow charts at the end of this section. The External Current Limit Setpoint may be
changed from a remote location by hooking up the analog input signal to the 1 U6
LLID terminals 2 and 3. Refer to the following paragraph on Analog Input Signal
Wiring Details. The following equations apply for ECLS:

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Voltage Signal

Current Signal

As generated from external
source

VDC+0.133*(%)-6.0

mA=0.266*(%)-12.0

As processed by UCM

%=7.5*(VDC)+45.0

%=3.75*(mA)+45.0

Installation - Electrical
If the ECLS input develops an open or short, the LLID will report either a very high or
very low value back to the man processor. This will generate an informational
diagnostic and the unit will default to using the Front Panel (DynaView) Current Limit
Setpoint.
The TechView Service Tool must be used to set the input signal type from the factory
default of 2-10 VDC to that of 4-20 mA current. TechView must be also be used to
install or remove the External Current Limit Setpoint Option for field installation, or
can be used to enable or disable the feature (if installed).
ECLS and ECWS Analog Input Signal Wiring Details:
Both the ECWS and ECLS can be connected and setup as either a 2-10 VDC (factory
default), 4-20 mA, or resistance input (also a form of 4-2OmA) as indicated below.
Depending on the type to be used, the TechView Service Tool must be used to
configure the LLID and the MP for the proper input type that is being used. This is
accomplished by a setting change on the Custom Tab of the Configuration View
within TechView.
The J2-3 and J2-6 terminal is chassis grounded and terminal J2- 1 and J2-4 can be
used to source 12 VDC. The ECLS uses terminals J2-2 and J2-3. ECWS uses
terminals J2-5 and J2-6. Both inputs are only compatible with high-side current
sources.

Figure 32

Wiring Examples for ECLS and ECWS

Chilled Water Reset (CWR)
CH530 resets the chilled water temperature set point based on either return water
temperature, or outdoor air temperature. Return Reset is standard, Outdoor Reset is
optional.
The following shall be selectable:
• One of three Reset Types: None, Return Water Temperature Reset, Outdoor Air
Temperature Reset, or Constant Return Water Temperature Reset.
•

Reset Ratio Set Points.
For outdoor air temperature reset there shall be both positive and negative reset
ratio's.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
•

Start Reset Set Points.

•

Maximum Reset Set Points.

The equations for each type of reset are as follows:
Return
CWS' = CWS + RATIO (START RESET - (TWE - TWL))
and CWS' > or = CWS
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
Outdoor
CWS' = CWS + RATIO * (START RESET - TOD)
and CWS' > or = CWS
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
where
CWS' is the new chilled water set point or the "reset CWS"
CWS is the active chilled water set point before any reset has occurred, e.g. normally
Front Panel, Tracer, or ECWS
RESET RATIO is a user adjustable gain
START RESET is a user adjustable reference
TOD is the outdoor temperature
TWE is entering evap. water temperature
TWL is leaving evap. water temperature
MAXIMUM RESET is a user adjustable limit providing the maximum amount of reset.
For all types of reset, CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset.
Reset Type
Return:

Reset Ratio
Range
10 to 120%

Outdoor

80 to -80%

Start Reset
Range
4 to 30 F
(2.2 to 16.7 C)
50 to 130 F
(10 to 54.4 C)

Maximum Reset
Range
0 to 20 F
(0.0 to 11.1 C)
0 to 20 F
(0.0 to 11.1 C)

Increment
English Units
1%

Increment
SI Units
1%

Factory Default
Value
50%

10%

In addition to Return and Outdoor Reset, the MP provides a menu item for the
operator to select a Constant Return Reset. Constant Return Reset will reset the
leaving water temperature set point so as to provide a constant entering water
temperature. The Constant Return Reset equation is the same as the Return Reset
equation except on selection of Constant Return Reset, the MP will automatically set
Ratio, Start Reset, and Maximum Reset to the following.
RATIO = 100%
START RESET = Design Delta Temp.
MAXIMUM RESET = Design Delta Temp.
The equation for Constant Return is then as follows:
CWS' = CWS + 100% (Design Delta Temp. - (TWE - TWL))
and CWS' > or = CWS
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
When any type of CWR is enabled, the MP will step the Active CWS toward the
desired CWS' (based on the above equations and setup parameters) at a rate of 1
degree F every 5 minutes until the Active CWS equals the desired CWS'. This
applies when the chiller is running.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
When the chiller is not running the CWS is reset immediately (within one minute) for
Return Reset and at a rate of 1 degree F every 5 minutes for Outdoor Reset. The
chiller will start at the Differential to Start value above a fully reset CWS or CWS' for
both Return and Outdoor Reset.

Communications Interface options
Optional Tracer Communications Interface
This option allows the Tracer CH530 controller to exchange information (e.g. operating
setpoints and Auto/Standby commands) with a higher-level control device, such as a
Tracer Summit or a multiple-machine controller. A shielded, twisted pair connection
establishes the bi-directional communications link between the Tracer CH530 and the
building automation system.
To prevent control malfunctions, do not run low voltage wiring (<30 V) in
conduit with conductors carrying more than 30 volts.
Field wiring for the communication link must meet the following requirements:
• All wiring must be in accordance with the NEC and local codes.
•

Communication link wiring must be shielded, twisted pair wiring (Belden 8760 or
equivalent). See the table below for wire size selection:

Table 23

Wire Size
Wire Size

Maximum Length of Communication Wire

14 AWG (2.5 mm2)
16 AWG (1.5 mm2)
18 AWG (1.0 mm2)

5,000 FT (1525 m)
2,000 FT (610 m)
1,000 FT (305 m)

•

The communication link cannot pass between buildings.

•

All units on the communication link can be connected in a “daisy chain”
configuration.

LonTalk Communications Interface for Chillers (LCI-C)
CH530 provides an optional LonTalk Communication Interface (LCI-C) between the
chiller and a Building Automation System (BAS). An LCI-C LLID shall be used to
provide "gateway" functionality between a LonTalk compatible device and the Chiller.
The inputs/outputs include both mandatory and optional network variables as
established by the LonMark Functional Chiller Profile 8040.
Installation Recommendations
• 22 AWG Level 4 unshielded communication wire recommended for most LCI-C
installations
•

LCI-C link limits: 4500 feet, 60 devices

•

Termination resistors are required

– 105 ohms at each end for Level 4 wire
– 82 ohms at each end for Trane "purple" wire
• LCI-C topology should be daisy chain

•

Zone sensor communication stubs limited to 8 per link, 50 feet each (maximum)

•

One repeater can be used for an additional 4500 feet, 60 devices, 8
communication stubs

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Installation - Electrical
Table 24

LonTalk Points List

LonTalk Communications Interface
Inputs
Variable type
Chiller Enable/Disable
binary
start(1)/stop(0)
Chilled Water Setpoint
analog
temperature
Current Limit Setpoint
analog
% current
Chiller Mode
Note 1
Outputs
Variable type
Outputs
Variable type
Chiller On/Off
binary
on(1)/off(0)
Active Chilled Water Setpoint
analog
temperature
Percent RLA
analog
% current
Active Current Limit Setpoint
analog
% current
Leaving Chilled Water Temperature
analog
temperature
Entering Chilled Water Temperature
analog
temperature
Entering Condenser Water Temperature
analog
temperature
Leaving Condenser Water Temperature
analog
temperature
Alarm Description
Note 2
Chiller Status
Note 3
Note 1: Chiller Mode is used to place the chiller into an alternate mode; Cool or Ice Build
Note 2: Alarm Description denotes alarm severity and target.
Severity: no alarm, warning, normal shutdown, immediate shutdown
Target: Chiller, Platform, Ice Building (Chiller is refrigerant circuit and Platform is control circuit)
Note 3: Chiller Status describes Chiller Run Mode and Chiller Operating Mode.
Run Modes: Off, Starting, Running, Shutting Down
Operating Modes: Cool, Ice Build
States: Alarm, Run Enabled, Local Control, Limited, CHW Flow, Cond Flow

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

SNVT_Type
SNVT_switch
SNVT_temp_p
SNVT_lev_percent
SNVT_hvac_mode
SNVT_Type
SNVT_Type
SNVT_switch
SNVT_temp_p
SNVT_lev_percent
SNVT_lev_percent
SNVT_temp_p
SNVT_temp_p
SNVT_temp_p
SNVT_temp_p
SNVT_str_asc
SNVT_chlr_status

Operating Principles
This section contains an overview of the operation and maintenance of RTAC units
equipped with CH530 control systems. It describes the overall operating principles of
the RTAC design.
Refrigeration Cycle
The refrigeration cycle of the RTAC chiller is similar to that of the RTAA air cooled
water chiller. The exception is that the evaporating and condensing temperatures have
been increased to allow for optimization of the chiller and reduced foot print. The
refrigeration cycle is represented in the pressure enthalpy diagram in Figure 33. Key
state points are indicated on the figure. The cycle for the full load ARI design point is
represented in the plot.
R134a

600
500

137 F (58 C)

P (psia)

3
3b

200

126 F (52 C)
106 F(41 C)

100

30
0

39 F (4 C)

100

120

140

h (btu/lb)
Figure 33

Pressure Enthalpy (P-h) diagram of RTAC chiller

The RTAC chiller uses a shell and tube evaporator design with refrigerant evaporating
on the shell side and water flowing inside tubes having enhanced surfaces (states 4
to 1). The suction lines and bolt pads are designed to minimize pressure drop.(states
1 to 1b). The compressor is a twin-rotor helical rotary compressor designed similarly
to the compressors offered in other Trane Screw Compressor Based Chillers (states
1b to 2). The discharge lines include a highly efficient oil separation system that
virtually removes all oil from the refrigerant stream going to the heat exchangers
(states 2 to 2b). De-superheating, condensing and sub-cooling is accomplished in a fin
and tube air cooled heat exchanger where refrigerant is condensed in the tube (states
2b to 3b). Refrigerant flow through the system is balanced by an electronic expansion
valve (states 3b to 4).

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Operating Principles

Figure 34

System Schematic

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Operating Principles
Refrigerant R134a
The RTAC chiller uses environmentally friendly R134a. Trane believes that responsible
refrigerant practices are important to the environment, our customers, and the air
conditioning industry. All technicians who handle refrigerants must be certified. The
Federal Clean Air Act (Section 608) sets forth the requirements for handling,
reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certain refrigerants and the equipment that is
used in these service procedures. In addition, some states or municipalities may have
additional requirements that must also be adhered to for responsible management of
refrigerants. Know the applicable laws and follow them.
R134a is a medium pressure refrigerant. It may not be used in any condition that
would cause the chiller to operate in a vacuum without a purge system. RTAC is not
equipped with a purge system. Therefore, the RTAC chiller may not be operated in a
condition that would result in a saturated condition in the chiller of –15°F (-26°C) or
lower.
R134a requires the use of specific POE oils as designated on the unit nameplate.
Important! The RTAC units must only operate with R-134a and Trane Oil 00048.

Compressor
The compressor is a semi-hermetic, direct-drive rotary type compressor. Each
compressor has only four moving parts: two rotors that provide compression and
male and female load-control valves. The male rotor is attached to the motor and the
female rotor is driven by the male rotor. The rotors and motor are supported by
bearings.
The helical rotary compressor is a positive displacement device. Refrigerant vapor
from the evaporator is drawn into the suction opening of the compressor (state 1b),
through a suction strainer screen across the motor (which provides motor cooling)
and into the intake of the compressor rotors. The gas is then compressed and
discharged through a check valve and into the discharge line (state 2).
There is no physical contact between the rotors and the compressor housing. The
rotors contact each other at the point where the driving action between the male and
female rotors occurs. Oil is injected into the rotors of the compressor, coating the
rotors and the compressor housing interior. Although this oil does provide rotor
lubrication, its primary purpose is to seal the clearance spaces between the rotors
and compressor housing. A positive seal between these internal parts enhances
compressor efficiency by limiting leakage between the high pressure and low
pressure cavities.
Capacity control is accomplished by means of a female step load-control valve and a
male control valve. The female step valve is the first stage of loading after the
compressor starts and the last stage of unloading before the compressor shuts
down. The male control valve is positioned by a piston cylinder along the length of the
male rotor. Compressor capacity is dictated by the position of the loading valve
relative to the rotors. When the valve slides toward the discharge end of the rotors
compressor capacity is reduced.

Condenser and Subcooler
The condenser and subcooler are similar to the condenser used in RTAA chillers. The
heat exchanger consists of 3/8” tubes that contain the refrigerant, large fins that are
in the air flow and fans that draw air through the fins. Heat is transferred from the
refrigerant through the tubes and fins to the air.
High pressure gas from the compressor enters the tubes of the condenser through a
distribution header (state 2b). As refrigerant flows through the tubes, the heat of
compression and cooling load are rejected to the air. In this process the refrigerant is
de-superheated, condensed (states 2b to 3) and finally subcooled (states 3 to 3b) to a
temperature slightly above the ambient air temperature. The subcooled liquid
refrigerant is collected in the leaving header where it is transferred to the liquid line
(state 3b).
A controls algorithm always runs as many fans as possible without reducing the
differential pressure (discharge minus suction) below the setpoint (60 psid or 4.2 bar).
If a warm enough ambient is sensed, all the fans will run. If the ambient is cooler,
88

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Operating Principles
some fans are shut off to maintain the pressure differential. Fan staging depends on
the chiller load, evaporator pressure, condenser effectiveness, ambient temperature,
and numbers and sizes of fans installed on the circuit.
The algorithm pre-starts fans (based on ambient and water temperatures) when a
circuit starts the compressor. (For rare conditions such as during some pull-downs, a
steady fan state would either violate the 60 psid (4.2 bar) setpoint or cause a high
pressure cut-out; in those conditions a fan will cycle on and off.)
For up to two minutes after chiller start-up, the setpoint is 35 psi (2.45 bar) difference,
and then before the controls adjust gradually over half a minute up to 60 psi (4.2 bar).

Expansion Valve
Pressure drop occurs in an electronic expansion valve. The unit controller (CH530)
uses the valve to regulate the flow through the liquid line to match the flow produced
by the compressor. The valve has a variable orifice that is modulated by a stepper
motor.
High pressure, subcooled liquid refrigerant enters the expansion valve from the liquid
line. As refrigerant passes through the valve the pressure is dropped substantially,
which results in vaporization of some of the refrigerant. The heat of vaporization is
supplied by the two phase mixture resulting in low temperature low pressure
refrigerant which is supplied to the evaporator (state 4) to provide cooling.

Evaporator
The evaporator is composed of a liquid-vapor distributor and falling film evaporator.
A liquid-vapor refrigerant mixture enters the distributor (state 4). The mixture is
distributed over the length of the evaporator tubes (state 4b). Liquid is evenly
distributed over the length of the evaporator tubes by the two-phase distribution
system. A portion of the liquid boils as it falls by gravity from tube to tube, wetting all
the tubes of the evaporator. To ensure that the tubes at the bottom of the evaporator
do not experience “dry out,” a liquid pool is maintained in the bottom few inches of
the bundle. Tubes located in the bottom of the evaporator will evaporate the liquid
refrigerant by boiling (pool boiling).
Heat is transferred from the water or glycol inside the tubes to the liquid refrigerant
as the film of refrigerant evaporates on the surface of the tube. Thin film heat transfer
requires a smaller temperature difference for a given amount of heat transfer than
nucleate boiling, which is the heat transfer process used in flooded evaporators.
Hence, efficiency is enhanced by the use of falling film evaporation. Additionally, the
evaporator requires less refrigerant than a comparable flooded evaporator and the
evaporator boils the entire refrigerant supply at constant pressure. Refrigerant vapor
exits the evaporator through the suction line (state 1).

Oil System
Screw compressors require large quantities of oil for lubricating and sealing the rotors
and lubricating the bearings. This oil is mixed with refrigerant at the discharge of the
compressor. To enhance the performance of the heat exchanger surfaces an oil
separation system is placed into the discharge line. The oil separator is located
between the compressor and the condenser. It separates oil using highly efficient
centrifugal force. Approximately 99.5% of the oil is removed from the refrigerant in
the separator.
Oil that is removed from the refrigerant falls by gravity into the oil sump. This oil is
directed back to the compressor through the oil lines. Internal to the compressor is a
high efficiency filter to clean the oil before it is delivered to the rotors and bearings.
Once oil is injected into the compressor rotors it mixes with the refrigerant again and
is delivered back to the discharge line.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Operating Principles
Oil that gets past the oil separators flows through the condenser, subcooler and
expansion valve into the evaporator. This oil is collected in the pool of refrigerant that
is maintained in the bottom of the evaporator. A small amount of oil and refrigerant
from this pool (state 4b) is returned through a line that is connected to the
compressor down stream of the motor. This oil and refrigerant mixes with the
refrigerant vapor that was drawn out of the evaporator, prior to injection into the
compressor rotors.

C o n d e n s e r

E v a p o ra
R e fr ig e r
P re s s u
T ra n s d u
P E

to r
a n t
re
c e r

E X V
E v a p o ra to r
C o n
R e fr
P re
T ra n

E v a p o ra to r
O il R e t u r n L in e F ilte r

C o m p re s s o r
B e a r in g a n d R o to r
R e s t r ic t o r s a n d
O il in je c t io n

K E Y
R e f r ig e r a n t w it h
s m a ll a m o u n t o f O il
R e f r ig e r a n t & O il M ix t u r e
( r e fr ig e r a n t v a p o r a n d o il)

In te r m e d ia t e
O il P r e s s u r e
T ra n s d u c e r
P I

d e
ig e
s s
s d
P C

n s
ra
u r
u c

e r
n t
e
e r

O il
S e p a ra to r

C o m p re s s o r
H e a te r
In te rn a l
C o m p re s s o r
O il F ilte r

M a n u a l
S e r v ic e
V a lv e

C o m p r e s s o r O il
T e m p e ra tu re S e n s o r

O il S e p a r a to r
S u m p H e a te r

O p tio n a l O il
C o o le r

O il R e c o v e r y S y s te m
( liq u id r e f r ig e r a n t a n d o il)
P r im a r y O il S y s te m

Figure 35

RTAC Oil System

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
CH530 Communications Overview
The Trane CH530 control system that runs the chiller consists of several elements:
• The main processor collects data, status, and diagnostic information and communicates commands to the starter module and the LLID (for Low Level Intelligent
Device) bus. The main processor has an integral display (DynaView).
•

Higher level modules (e.g. starter) exist only as necessary to support system level
control and communications. The starter module provides control of the starter
when starting, running, and stopping the chiller motor. It also processes its own
diagnostics and provides motor and compressor protection.

•

Low level intelligent device (LLID) bus. The main processor communicates to
each input and output device (e.g. temperature and pressure sensors, low voltage
binary inputs, analog input/output) all connected to a four-wire bus, rather than
the conventional control architecture of signal wires for each device.

•

The communication interface to a building automation system (BAS).

•

A service tool to provide all service/maintenance capabilities.

Main processor and service tool (TechView) software is downloadable from
www.Trane.com. The process is discussed later in this section under TechView Interface.
DynaView provides bus management. It has the task of restarting the link, or filling in
for what it sees as “missing” devices when normal communications has been
degraded. Use of TechView may be required.
The CH530 uses the IPC3 protocol based on RS485 signal technology and communicating at 19.2 Kbaud to allow 3 rounds of data per second on a 64-device network. A
typical four-compressor RTAC will have around 50 devices.
Most diagnostics are handled by the DynaView. If a temperature or pressure is
reported out of range by a LLID, the DynaView processes this information and calls
out the diagnostic. The individual LLIDs are not responsible for any diagnostic functions. The only exception to this is the Starter module.
NOTE: It is imperative that the CH530 Service Tool (TechView) be used to facilitate
the replacement of any LLID or reconfigure any chiller component. TechView is
discussed later in this section.

Controls Interface
Each chiller is equipped with a DynaView interface. The DynaView has the capability
to display information to the operator including the ability to adjust settings. Multiple
screens are available and text is presented in multiple languages as factory-ordered or
can be easily downloaded from www.trane.com.
TechView can be connected to either the DynaView module and provides further data,
adjustment capabilities, diagnostics information using downloadable software.

DynaView Interface
The DynaView share the same enclosure design: weatherproof and durable plastic for
use as a stand-alone device on the outside of the unit or mounted nearby.
The display on DynaView is a 1/4 VGA display with a resistive touch screen and an
LED backlight. The display area is approximately 4 inches wide by 3 inches high
(102mm x 60mm).

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface

Figure 36

DynaView

Key Functions
In this touch screen application, key functions are determined completely by software
and change depending upon the subject matter currently being displayed. The basic
touch screen functions are outlined below.
Radio Buttons
Radio buttons show one menu choice among two or more alternatives, all visible. (It is
the AUTO button in Figure 36.) The radio button model mimics the buttons used on
old-fashioned radios to select stations. When one is pressed, the one that was previously pressed “pops out” and the new station is selected. In the DynaView model
the possible selections are each associated with a button. The selected button is darkened, presented in reverse video to indicate it is the selected choice. The full range of
possible choices as well as the current choice is always in view.
Spin Value Buttons
Spin values are used to allow a variable setpoint to be changed, such as leaving water
setpoint. The value increases or decreases by touching the increment (+) or decrement (-) arrows.
Action Buttons
Action buttons appear temporarily and provide the user with a choice such as Enter or
Cancel.
Hot Links
Hot links are used to navigate from one view to another view.
File Folder Tabs
File folder tabs are used to select a screen of data. Just like tabs in a file folder, these
serve to title the folder/screen selected, as well as provide navigation to other
screens. In DynaView, the tabs are in one row across the top of the display. The folder
tabs are separated from the rest of the display by a horizontal line. Vertical lines separate the tabs from each other. The folder that is selected has no horizontal line under

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
its tab, thereby making it look like a part of the current folder (as would an open folder
in a file cabinet). The user selects a screen of information by touching the appropriate
tab.

Display Screens
Basic Screen Format
The basic screen format appears as:

File folder
Tabs

Tab navigator
Page scroll
(down)
Line scroll
(up/down)

Page scroll
(up)

Radio buttons

Auto
Contrast control (lighter)

Stop

Alarms
Contrast control (darker)

The file folder tabs across the top of the screen are used to select the various display
screens.
Scroll arrows are added if more file tabs (choices) are available. When the tabs are at
the left most position, the left navigator will not show and only navigation to the right
will be possible. Likewise when the right most screen is selected, only left navigation
will be possible.
The main body of the screen is used for description text, data, setpoints, or keys
(touch sensitive areas). The Chiller Mode is displayed here.
The double up arrows cause a page-by-page scroll either up or down. The single
arrow causes a line by line scroll to occur. At the end of the page, the appropriate
scroll bar will disappear.
A double arrow pointing to the right indicates more information is available about the
specific item on that same line. Pressing it will bring you to a subscreen that will
present the information or allow changes to settings.
The bottom of the screen (Fixed Display) is present in all screens and contains the following functions. The left circular area is used to reduce the contrast/viewing angle
of the display. The right circular area is used to increase the contrast/viewing angle
of the display. The contrast may require re-adjustment at ambient temperatures significantly different from those present at last adjustment.
The other functions are critical to machine operation. The AUTO and STOP keys are
used to enable or disable the chiller. The key selected is in black (reverse video). The
chiller will stop when the STOP key is touched and after completing the Run Unload
mode.
Touching the AUTO key will enable the chiller for active cooling if no diagnostic is
present. (A separate action must be taken to clear active diagnostics.)
The AUTO and STOP keys, take precedence over the Enter and Cancel keys. (While a
setting is being changed, AUTO and STOP keys are recognized even if Enter or Cancel
has not been pressed.)

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
The ALARMS button appears only when an alarm is present, and blinks (by alternating
between normal and reverse video) to draw attention to a diagnostic condition. Pressing the ALARMS button takes you to the corresponding tab for additional information.

Front Panel Lockout Feature

Display and Touch Screen are Locked
Enter Password to Unlock
1

Enter

Cancel

NOTE: The DynaView display and Touch Screen Lock screen is shown below. This
screen is used if the Display and touch screen and lock feature is enabled. Thirty
minutes after the last keystroke, this screen is displayed and the Display and Touch
Screen is locked out until the sequence “159 ” is pressed.
Until the proper password is entered, there will be no access to the DynaView
screens including all reports, setpoints, and Auto/Stop/Alarms/Interlocks.
The password “159” is not programmable from either DynaView or TechView.

Front Panel Display During Cold Ambients

Display and Touch Screen are Locked
Enter 159 to Unlock

Enter

Cancel

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
If the Display and Touch Screen Lock feature is disabled, the following screen is automatically displayed if the DynaView Temperature is below freezing and has been 30
minutes after the last keystroke. Note: This feature is provided to avoid unintended
actuations of the keypad, which can occur due to ice build-up on the DynaView’s exterior surfaces. Also be aware that at extremes of temperatures, the LCD display
screen will change its contrast from the optimal adjustment made at more normal
temperatures. It can appear washed out or blacked out. Simply pressing the lower
right contrast control on the screen will return the display to readable condition.
NOTE: All screens shown in this section are typical. Some screens show all display
options available, only one of which may appear on a line.

Modes Screen
The Mode Screen is only found on software revisions 18 and later. This screen provides a display for the top level operating mode for each of the components and subcomponents of the chiller (i.e. Chiller, Circuits, and Compressors) that exist on the
Chiller as it is configured. The modes are displayed as text only without the hex
codes.
In software revisions 17.0 and earlier, the top level mode and the sub mode for each
component was displayed on the respective component tab on the first two lines.
The mode display of the first three lines of the Compressor and Chiller Screen tabs is
eliminated with the addition of the Mode Screen

Modes
Chiller Mode:

Compressor

Running

Circuit 1 Mode:

Running - Limit

Cprsr 1A Mode:

Running

Cprsr 1B Mode:

Running

Circuit 2 Mode:

Run Inhibit

Cprsr 2A Mode:

Stopped

Cprsr 2B Mode:

Stopped

Auto

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Chiller

Stop

Controls Interface
Table 25 Chiller Modes
Chiller Modes

Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Stopped

The chiller is not running and cannot run without intervention. Further information is provided by the submode:

Local Stop

Chiller is stopped by DynaView Stop button commandcannot be remotely overridden.

Panic Stop

Chiller is stopped by the DynaView Panic Stop (by
pressing Stop button twice in succession) - previous
shutdown was manually commanded to shutdown
immediately without a run-unload or pumpdown cycle cannot be remotely overridden.

Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset

The chiller is stopped by a diagnostic that requires
manual intervention to reset.

Other sub-modes are possible in conjunction with at least
one of the above modes - See items below for their
descriptions:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
Start Inhibited by Low Cond Temp
Start Inhibited by Low Ambient Temp
Start Inhibited by External Source
Start Inhibited by BAS
Waiting for BAS Communications
Ice Building to Normal Transition
Ice Building is Complete
Design Note: Maximum Capacity was eliminated as a
annunciated mode prior to any release
Run Inhibit

The chiller is currently being inhibited from starting (and
running), but may be allowed to start if the inhibiting or
diagnostic condition is cleared. Further information is
provided by the sub-mode:

Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset

The entire chiller is stopped by a diagnostic that may
automatically clear.

Start Inhibited by Low Cond Temp

The chiller is inhibited from starting by Low Condenser
Temperature- Inhibit is active below either 25°F (can be
disabled with proper freeze protection) or 0°F (limit set by
design, cannot be disabled). As an exception, this will not
stop a chiller already running.

Start Inhibited by Low Ambient Temp

The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by an
outdoor air ambient temperature lower than a specified
temperature - per user adjustable settings and can be
disabled.

Start Inhibited by External Source

The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by the
"external stop" hardwired input.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
Table 25 Chiller Modes
Chiller Modes

Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Start Inhibited by BAS

The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by
command from a Building Automation System via the
digital communication link (com 3 or com 5).

Waiting for BAS Communications

This is a transient mode - 15-min. max, and is only
possible if the chiller is in the Auto - Remote command
mode. After a power up reset, it is necessary to wait for
valid communication from a Building Automation System
(Tracer) to know whether to run or stay inhibited. Either
valid communication will be received from the Building
Automation System (e.g. Tracer), or a communication
diagnostic ultimately will result. In the latter case the
chiller will revert to Local control.

Ice Building to Normal Transition

The chiller is inhibited from running for a brief period of
time if it is commanded from active ice building mode
into normal cooling mode via the ice building hardwired
input or Tracer. This allows time for the external system
load to "switchover" from an ice bank to the chilled water
loop, and provides for a controlled pull down of the
loop's warmer temperature. This mode is not seen if the
ice making is automatically terminated on return brine
temperature per the mode below.

Ice Building is Complete

The chiller is inhibited from running as the Ice Building
process has been normally terminated on the return brine
temperature. The chiller will not start unless the ice
building command (hardwired input or Building
Automation System command) is removed or cycled.

Auto

The chiller is not currently running but can be expected to
start at any moment given that the proper conditions and
interlocks are satisfied. Further information is provided
by the sub-mode:

Waiting For Evap Water Flow

The chiller will wait up to 4 minutes in this mode for
evaporator water flow to be established per the flow
switch hardwired input.

Waiting for Need to Cool

The chiller will wait indefinitely in this mode, for an
evaporator leaving water temperature higher than the
Chilled Water Setpoint plus the Differential to Start.

Starting

The chiller is going through the necessary steps to allow
the lead circuit and lead compressor to start.

No Sub Modes
Running

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

At least one circuit and one compressor on the chiller are
currently running. Further information is provided by the
sub-mode:

Controls Interface
Table 25 Chiller Modes
Chiller Modes

Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Unit is Building Ice

The chiller is running in the Ice Building Mode, and either
at or moving towards full capacity available. Ice mode is
terminated either with the removal of the ice mode
command or with the return brine temperature falling
below the Ice Termination Setpoint.

Running - Limited

At least one circuit and one compressor on the chiller are
currently running, but the operation of the chiller as a
whole is being actively limited by the controls.

Capacity Limited by
High Evap Water Temp

This mode will occur if both the OA temperature is above
40°F and the Evap Leaving Water Temperature is above
75°F as is often the case in a high temperature pull-down.
While in this mode, no compressors will be allowed to
load past their minimum load capacity step, but it will not
inhibit compressor staging. This mode is necessary to
prevent nuisance trips due to Compressor Overcurrent or
High Pressure Cutout. Reasonable pull-down rates can
still be expected despite this limit.

Table 26 Circuit Modes
Circuit Modes

Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Stopped

The given circuit is not running and cannot run without intervention.
Further information is provided by the sub-mode:

Front Panel Lockout

The circuit is manually locked out by the circuit lockout setting - the
nonvolatile lockout setting is accessible through either the DynaView or TechView.

Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset

The circuit has been shutdown on a latching diagnostic.

Other sub-modes are possible in conjunction with at least one of
the above modes - See items below for their descriptions:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
Start Inhibited by External Source
Start Inhibited by BAS
Run Inhibit

The given circuit is currently being inhibited from starting (and running), but may be allowed to start if the inhibiting or diagnostic condition is cleared. Further information is provided by the sub-mode:

Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset

The circuit has been shutdown on a diagnostic that may clear automatically.

Start Inhibited by External Source

The circuit is inhibited from starting (and running) by its "external circuit lockout" hardwired input.

Start Inhibited by BAS

The circuit is inhibited from starting (and running) by command
from a Building Automation System via the digital communication
link (com 3 or com 5).

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
Table 26 Circuit Modes
Circuit Modes

Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Auto

The given circuit is not currently running but can be expected to
start at any moment given that the proper conditions and interlocks
are satisfied.

No Sub Modes
Starting

The given circuit is going through the necessary steps to allow the
lead compressor on that circuit to start.

No Sub Modes
Running

At least one compressor on the given circuit is currently running.
Further information is provided by the sub-mode:

Establishing Min. Cap - Low Diff pressure

The circuit is experiencing low system differential pressure and is
being force loaded, irregardless Chilled Water Temperature Control,
to develop pressure sooner.

Running - Limited

At least one compressor on the given circuit is currently running,
but the capacity of the circuit is being actively limited by the controls. Further information is provided by the sub-mode:

Capacity Limited by High Cond Press

The circuit is experiencing condenser pressures at or near the condenser limit setting. Compressors on the circuit will be unloaded to
prevent exceeding the limits.

Capacity Limited by Low Evap Rfgt Temp

The circuit is experiencing saturated evaporator temperatures at or
near the Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout setting. Compressors on the circuit will be unloaded to prevent tripping.

Capacity Limited by Low Liquid Level

The circuit is experiencing low refrigerant liquid levels and the EXV
is at or near full open. The compressors on the circuit will be
unloaded to prevent tripping.

Shutting Down

The given circuit is still running but shutdown is imminent. The circuit is going through either a compressor run-unload mode or a circuit operational pumpdown to dry out the evaporator (cold OA
ambient only). Shutdown is necessary due to one (or more) of the
following sub-modes:

Operational Pumpdown

The circuit is in the process shutting down by performing an operational pumpdown just prior to stopping the last running compressor. The EXV is commanded closed. Pumpdown will terminate
when both the liquid level and the evap pressure

Front Panel Lockout

The circuit has been manually locked out by the circuit lockout setting and is in the process of shutting down - the nonvolatile lockout
setting is accessible through either the DynaView or TechView.

Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset

The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a latching diagnostic.

Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset

The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a diagnostic that
may automatically clear.

Start Inhibited by External Source

The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a command from
the external circuit lockout hardwired input.

Start Inhibited by BAS

The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a command from
the Building Automation System (e.g. Tracer)

Service Override

The given circuit is in a Service Override mode

Service Pumpdown

The circuit is running with fan control, via a manual command to
perform a Service Pumpdown. Its respective EXV is being held
wide open, but the manual liquid line service valve should be
closed.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
Table 27

Compressor Modes

Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Stopped

The given compressor is not running and cannot run without intervention. Further information is provided by the sub-mode:

Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset

The compressor has been shutdown on a latching diagnostic.

Service Tool Lockout

The compressor has been shutdown due to a command from the
TechView Service Tool to be "locked out" and inoperative. This setting is nonvolatile and operation can only be restored by using TechView to "unlock" it.

Other sub-modes are possible in conjunction with at least one of
the above modes - See items below for their descriptions:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
Restart Inhibit
Run Inhibit

The given compressor is currently being inhibited from starting (and
running*), but may be allowed to start if the inhibiting or diagnostic
condition is cleared. Further information is provided by the submode:

Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset

The compressor has been shutdown on a diagnostic that may clear
automatically.

Restart Inhibit

The compressor is currently unable to start due to its restart inhibit
timer. A given compressor is not allowed to start until 5 minutes
has expired since its last start.

Auto

The given compressor is not currently running but can be expected
to start at any moment given that the proper conditions occur.

No Sub Modes
Starting

The given compressor is going through the necessary steps to
allow it to start. (This mode is short and transitory)

No Sub Modes
Running

The given compressor is currently running. Further information is
provided by the sub-mode:

Establishing Min. Capacity - High Oil Temp

The compressor is running and is being forced loaded to its step
load point, without regard to the leaving water temperature control,
to prevent tripping on high oil temperature.

Running - Limited

The given compressor is currently running, but its capacity is being
actively limited by the controls. Further information is provided by
the sub-mode:

Capacity Limited by High Current

The compressor is running and its capacity is being limited by high
currents. The current limit setting is 120% RLA (to avoid overcurrent trips) or lower as set by the compressor's "share" of the active
current limit (demand limit) setting for the entire chiller.

Capacity Limited by Phase Unbalance

The compressor is running and its capacity is being limited by
excessive phase current unbalance.

Shutting Down

The given compressor is still running but shutdown is imminent.
The compressor is going through either a run-unload mode or is the
active compressor in the operational pumpdown cycle for its circuit.
Shutdown is either normal (no sub-mode displayed) or due the following sub-modes:

Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset

The compressor is in the process of shutdown due to a latching
diagnostic.

100

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
Table 27

Compressor Modes

Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset

The compressor is in the process of shutdown due to a diagnostic
that may clear automatically.

Service Tool Lockout

The compressor is in the process of shutdown due to a command
from the TechView Service Tool to be "locked out" and inoperative.
This setting is nonvolatile and operation can only be restored by
using TechView to "unlock" it.

Chiller Screen
The chiller screen is a summary of the chiller activity.

Modes

Chiller

Compressor

Evap Leaving Water Temperature:

44.0 F

Evap Entering Water Temperature:

54.0 F

Active Chilled Water Setpoint:

44.0 F

Active Current Limit Setpoint:

100 %

Outdoor Air Temperature:

72.0 F

Software Version:

Auto

Table 28

18.0

Stop

Chiller Screen

Description

Resolution

Units

Evap Leaving Water Temperature
Evap Entering Water Temperature
Active Chilled Water Setpoint
Active Current Limit Setpoint
Out Door Temperature
Software Type
Software Version

X.X
X.X
X.X
X
X.X
RTA
X.XX

F/C
F/C
F/C
% RLA
F/C
Text
Text

Compressor Screen
The compressor screen displays information for the one, two, three, or four compressors in the format shown. The top line of radio buttons allows you to select the compressor of interest. The next three lines show the compressor operating mode. The
compressor radio buttons and the compressor operating mode lines don’t change as
you scroll down in the menu.
The top screen has no upward scroll keys. The single arrow down scrolls the screen
one line at a time. As soon as the display is one line away from the top, the upward
pointing arrow appears.
The last screen has a single arrow to scroll upward one line at a time. When in the last
position, the single down arrow disappears.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

101

Controls Interface
Each compressor has its own screen depending on which radio key is pressed. When
toggling between compressor screens, say to compare starts and run time, the same
lines can be seen without additional key strokes. For example, toggling from the bottom of the compressor 1A menu accesses the top of the compressor 2A menu.

Modes

Chiller
1A

Compressor
2A

Amps L1 L2 L3:

2B
55.0 56.2 54.3

% RLA:

86.0 88.4 84.3

Unit Volts:

460

Oil Temperature:

95.0

102.9 psig

Intermediate Oil Pressure:
Suction Pressure:

Auto
Table 29

32.6 psig

Stop

Compressor Screen

Description

Resolution

Units

Amps L1 L2 L3
% RLA L1 L2 L3
Unit Volts
Oil Temperature
Intermediate Oil Pressure
Suction Pressure
Starts/ Run Hours

XXX
X.X
XXX
X.X
X.X
X.X
X, XX:XX

Amps
% RLA
Volts
F/C
Pressure
Pressure
hr:min

Refrigerant Screen
The refrigerant screen displays those aspects of the chiller related to the refrigerant
circuits.

Chiller

Compressor

Rfgt.
Ckt 1

Cond Rfgt Pressure:

185.0

185.0 psig

Sat Cond Rfgt Temp:

125.0

Evap Rfgt Pressure:

30.0

psig

Sat Evap Rfgt Temp:

34.0

Evap Approach Temp:

4.0

Rfgt Liquid Level:

0.1

-0.1

Auto

102

Ckt 2

Stop

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
Table 30

Refrigerant Screen

Description

Resolution

Units

Cond Rfgt Pressure Ckt1/Ckt2
Sat Cond Rfgt Temp Ckt1/Ckt2
Evap Rfgt Pressure Ckt1/Ckt2
Sat Evap Rfgt Temp Ckt1/Ckt2
Evap Approach Temp Ckt1/Ckt2
Rfgt Liquid Level Ckt1/Ckt2

X.X
X.X
X.X
X.X
X.X
X.X

Pressure
F/C
Pressure
F/C
F/C
Height

Setpoint Screen
The setpoint screen is a two-part screen. Screen 1 lists all setpoints available to
change along with their current value. The operator selects a setpoint to change by
touching either the verbal description or setpoint value. Doing this causes the screen
to switch to Screen 2.
In Screen 1 the language setpoint will always be the last setpoint in the list. This will
facilitate language changes by placing that control in a standard position across all
CH.530 product lines.
Screen 2 displays the current value of the chosen setpoint in the upper ½ of the display. It is displayed in a changeable format consistent with its type. Binary setpoints
are considered to be simple two state enumeration and will use radio buttons. Analog setpoints are displayed as spin buttons. The lower half of the screen is reserved
for help screens.

Rfgt

Setpoint

Diagnostic

Auto Local or Remote:

Local

Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint:

44.0 F

Front Panel Current Limit Setpoint:

100 %

Condenser Limit Setpt:
Low Ambient Lockout Setpt:

35.0 F

Low Ambient Lockout:

Enable

Auto

Table 31

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

XXX % HPC

Stop

Setpoint Screen

Description

Resolution or Text

Units

Auto Local or Remote
Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint
Front Panel Current Limit Setpoint
Differential to Start
Differential to Stop
Condenser Limit Setpoint
Low Ambient Lockout Setpoint
Low Ambient Lockout
Ice Build
Front Panel Ice Termination Setpoint

Remote/Local
X.X
XXX
X.X
X.X
Enable/Disable
X.X
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
X.X

Text
F/C
% RLA
Temperature
Temperature
Text
Temperature
Text
Text
Temperature

103

Controls Interface
Table 31

Table 32

Setpoint Screen

Description

Resolution or Text

Units

Comp 1A Pumpdown
Comp 1B Pumpdown
Comp 2A Pumpdown
Comp 2B Pumpdown
EXV Ckt 1 Open
EXV Ckt 2 Open
Front Panel Ckt 1 Lockout
Front Panel Ckt 2 Lockout
Ext Chilled Water Setpoint
Ext Current Limit Setpoint
Date Format
Date
Time Format
Time of Day
Keypad/Display Lockout
Display Units
Pressure Units
Language Selection

Pumpdown/Abort
Pumpdown/Abort
Pumpdown/Abort
Pumpdown/Abort
Auto/Open
Auto/Open
Locked Out/Not Locked Out
Locked Out/Not Locked Out
X.X
XXX
mmm dd yyyy, dd mm yyyy

Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
F/C
% RLA
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text

12 hr, 24 hr
Enable/Disable
SI, English
Absolute, Gauge
Downloaded from TechView

Setpoint Options/Conditions Displayed

Option

Condition(s)

Explanation

Ice Building
Cprsr Pumpdown1

Enable/Disable
Avail
Not Avail

If feature is installed, operation can be initiated or stopped
Pumpdown is allowed: only with unit in Stop or when circuit is locked out
Pumpdown is not allowed because unit is operating or pumpdown has been completed
State is displayed while pumpdown is in progress
Indicates EXV is closed but can be opened manually since unit is in Stop or circuit
is locked out

EXV Ckt Open
(For Authorized Service Use
Only2)

Pumpdown
Avail

Not Avail
Open
Ckt Lockout
Ext. Chilled Water Setpt

Locked Out
Not Locked Out
Enable/Disable

Ext. Current Limit Setpt

Enable/Disable

EXV is closed but cannot be opened manually since unit is operating
State is displayed when EXV is open. Unit will not start with EXV manually set
open, but will initiate valve closure first.
Circuit is locked out at Front Panel; other circuit may be available to run
Circuit is not locked out and is available to run
Allows unit to control setpoint; otherwise another loop controller in line will control, as optionally wired.
Allows unit to control setpoint; otherwise another loop controller in line will control, as optionally wired.

Notes:

1
Pumpdown procedure are discussed in Maintenance section
2 Used for liquid level control or to recover from pumpdown

10.

Diagnostic Screen
The diagnostic screen (shown following) is accessible by either pressing the blinking
ALARMS key or by pressing the Diagnostic tab on the screen tab selection.
A hex code and a verbal description appears on the display as shown typically above.
This is the last active diagnostic. Pressing the “Reset All Active Diagnostics” will
reset all active diagnostics regardless of type, machine or refrigerant circuit. Compressor diagnostics, which hold off only one compressor, are treated as circuit diagnos-

104

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Controls Interface
tics, consistent with the circuit to which they belong. One circuit not operating will
not shut the chiller down. Viewing the “Compressor” screen will indicate whether a
circuit is not operating and for what reason.

Rfgt

Setpoint

Diagnostic
Reset Diags

[01] 10:59 AM Nov 26, 2001
Evaporator Water Flow Overdue
[02] 10:56 AM Nov 26, 2001
Low Chilled Water Temp: Unit Off
[03] 10:55 AM Nov 26, 2001
Low Evaorator Temp: Unit Off

Auto

Stop

Alarms

A complete listing of diagnostics and codes is included in the Diagnostic Section.

Power-Up
On Power-Up, DynaView will progress through three screens:
First Screen, Version # of the Boot, full version # displayed.
This screen will display for 5 seconds and move on to the second screen. The contrast will also be adjustable from this screen.
Second Screen, Application or No Application.
This screen will display for 5 seconds “A Valid Application Is Present” or “A Valid
Application Is Not Present” and move on to the third screen.
Third Screen, First screen of the Application, the Chiller Tab.

Display Formats
Units
Temperature settings are in °F or °C, depending on Display Units settings. Settings
can be entered in tenths or whole degrees depending on a menu setting at the TechView.
Dashes (“-----”) appearing in a temperature or pressure report, indicates that the value
is invalid or not applicable.
Languages
English plus two alternate languages may be installed with DynaView and will reside
in the main processor. English will always be available. Alternate languages must be
installed using TechView, Software Download View.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

105

TechView
Figure 37

TechView

TechView is the PC (laptop) based tool used for servicing Tracer CH530.
Technicians that make any chiller control modification or service any
diagnostic with Tracer CH530 must use a laptop running the software
application “TechView.” TechView is a Trane application developed to minimize
chiller downtime and aid the technicians understanding of chiller operation
and service requirements.
NOTE: Important: Performing any Tracer CH530 service functions should be
done only by a properly trained service technician. Please contact your local
Trane service agency for assistance with any service requirements.
TechView software is available via Trane.com.
(http://www.trane.com/commercial/software/tracerch530/)
This download site provides a user the TechView installation software and
CH530 main processor software that must be loaded onto your PC in order to
service a CH530 main processor. The TechView service tool is used to load
software into the Tracer CH530 main processor.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

106

TechView
Minimum PC requirements to install and operate TechView
•

Pentium II or higher processor

•

128Mb RAM

•

1024 x 768 resolution of display

•

56K modem

•

9-pin RS-232 serial connection

•

Operating system - Windows 2000

•

Microsoft Office (MS Word, MS Access, MS Excel)

•

Parallel Port (25-pin) or USB Port

NOTE: TechView was designed for the preceding listed laptop configuration.
Any variation will have unknown results. Therefore, support for TechView is
limited to only those operating systems that meet the specific configuration
listed here. Only computers with a Pentium II class processor or better are
supported; Intel Celeron, AMD, or Cyrix processors have not been tested.
TechView is also used to perform any CH530 service or maintenance
function. Servicing a CH530 main processor includes:
•

Updating main processor software

•

Monitoring chiller operation

•

Viewing and resetting chiller diagnostics

•

Low Level Intelligent Device (LLID) replacement and binding

•

Main processor replacement and configuration modifications

•

Setpoint modifications

•

Service overrides

Unit View
Unit view is a summary for the system organized by chiller subsystem. This
provides an overall view of chiller operating parameters and gives you an "at-aglance" assessment of chiller operation.
The Control Panel tab displays important operating information for the unit
and allows you to change several key operating parameters. The panel is
divided into four or more sub-panels (depending on the number of circuits in
the unit).
The Operating Mode tab displays the unit, circuit and compressor top level
operating modes.
The Hours and Starts tab displays the number a hours (total) a compressor
has run and the number of times the compressor has started. This window
plays a key role in evaluating maintenance requirements.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

107

TechView
Upon successful Local Connect Tech View will display UNIT VIEW.
RTAC Unit View is shown below
Figure 38

108

Unit View

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

TechView
Compressor Service View
The Compressor View provides convenient access to service functions for
pumping down circuits and test starting compressors. Various operational
lockouts allow operation of the rest of the chiller while some parts are
awaiting repair.
Figure 39

Compressor Service View

Table 33

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Compressor Service View Items

Description

Settings

Front Panel Circuit Lock Out

Locked/Unlocked

Electronic Expansion Valve

Open/Auto

Compressor Lockout

Locked/Unlocked

Compressor test

Start

Pumpdown (suction pressure is displayed)

Start/Abort

109

TechView
Status View
Status View displays, in real time, all non-setpoint data organized by
subsystem tabs. As data changes on the chiller it is automatically updated in
Status View.
Figure 40

110

Status View

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

TechView
Table 34

Status View Items

Tab

Text

Units

Chiller

Chiller Top Level Operating Mode

Text

Chiller Sub Operating Mode

Text

Operating Mode

Text

Chiller Sub Operating Mode

Text

Front Panel Auto/Stop

Text

Outdoor Air Temperature

Temperature

External Auto/Stop

Auto/Stop

External Emergency Stop

Auto/Stop

Active Chilled Water Setpoint

Temperature

Compressor

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Active Current Limit Setpoint

Temperature

Active Ice Termination Setpoint

Temperature

External Current Limit Setpoint

% RLA

External Chilled Water Setpoint

Temperature

Evaporator Entering Water Temperature

Temperature

Evaporator Leaving Water Temperature

Temperature

Chilled Water Flow Switch

Flow/NoFlow

Ice Building Status Relay

Ice Build/Normal

Comm3 Chilled Water Setpoint

Temperature

BAS Chilled Water Setpoint

Temperature

BAS Current Limit Setpoint

% RLA

Comm3 Current Limit Setpoint

% RLA

Comm3 Ice Termination Setpoint

Temperature

BAS Communication

Text

Chilled Water Pump Relay

on/off

Compressor 1 Operating Mode

Text

Compressor 1 Sub Mode

Text

Compressor 1 Top Level Operating Mode

Text

Run Hours

Integer

Starts

Integer

Phase A-B Voltage

Volts

Average Line Current

Amps

Line 1 Current

Amps

Line 2 Current

Amps

Line 3 Current

Amps

Line 1 Current

% RLA

Line 2 Current

% RLA

111

TechView
Table 34
Tab

Text

Units

Compressor

Line 3 Current

% RLA

Maximum Line Current

Amps

Supply Oil Temperature

Temperature

Intermediate Oil Pressure

Pressure

Female Step Loader

Loaded/Unloaded

High Pressure Cutout Switch

Tripped/Not Tripped

Circuit

112

Status View Items

Circuit Sub Mode

Text

Circuit Top Level Operating Mode

Text

External Hardwired Lockout

Locked/Not locked

Front Panel Lockout

Locked/Not locked

Air Flow

Inverter Speed

% Full Speed

Condenser Refrigerant Pressure

Pressure

Saturated Condenser Refrigerant
Temperature

Temperature

Differential Refrigerant Pressure

Pressure

Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure

Pressure

Saturated Evaporator Refrigerant
Temperature

Temperature

EXV Position

% Open

Evaporator Refrigerant Liquid Level

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

TechView
Setpoint View
Setpoint view displays the active setpoints and allows you to make changes.
Figure 41

Setpoint View

Setpoint List
The center of the window displays the scrollable list of setpoint panels.

Setpoint Enumeration Panel
A setpoint numeric panel contains a label with the setpoint description and a
pull-down list showing the active value and the other selections. The Default
button returns the setpoint to the product's factory setting. The text field is
updated when the change is complete.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

113

TechView
Setpoint Numeric Panel
A setpoint numeric panel contains a label with the setpoint description, a
Default button, a text field with a unit label, and a slider.

The Default button changes the setpoint to the product's factory setting. The
text field and slider are updated when the change is complete.
You can change a setpoint with the text field or with the slider. When you click
on the entry field, the change setpoint dialog displays to coordinate the
setpoint change.
You can change the display units for a setpoint by clicking on the unit label
next to the entry field.

Change Setpoint
The change setpoint window allows you to enter a new value for the setpoint
into a text field. If the entered value is outside the given range, the
background turns red.

114

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

TechView
Table 35

Setpoints View Items

Tab

Text

Min
Value

Max
Value

Default
Value

Unit Type

Chiller

Front Panel Display Units

English, SI

Chiller

Front Panel Chilled Water
Setpoint

10
(-12.22)

65
(18.33)

English

Display Units

44
(6.67)

Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

Front Panel Current Limit
Setpoint

120

Percent

Chiller

Differential to Stop

0.5
(0.2777)

2.5
(1.388)

2.0
(1.111)

Differential
Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

Differential to Start

1.0
(0.555)

30
(16.666)

2
(1.111)

Differential
Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

Leaving Water Temp Cutout

0.0
(-17.78)

36.0
(2.22)

Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

Low Refrigerant Temp Cutout

-5.0
(-20.56)

36.0
(2.22)

28.0
(-2.22)

Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

Front Panel Condenser Limit
Setpoint

120

Percent

Chiller

Low Ambient Lockout Setpoint

-10
(-23.333)

70
(21.111)

25
(-3.89)

Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

Low Ambient Lockout

Enable, Disable

Enable

Enabled /
Disabled

Chiller

Front Panel Ice Termination
Setpoint

20
(-6.67)

31
(-0.56)

Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

External Ice Building Input

Enable, Disable

Disable

Enabled /
Disabled

Chiller

Under/Over Voltage Protection

Enable, Disable

Disable

Enabled /
Disabled

Chiller

Local Atmospheric Pressure

9.93
(68.5)

16.0
(110.3)

14.7
(101.3)

Absolute
Pressure
psia(Kpa)

Chiller

Design Delta Temperature

4
(2.22)

30
(16.666)

10
(5.6)

Differential
Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

Reset Type

None, Return, Outdoor,
Constant Return

None

RstTyp

31
(-0.56)

Chiller

Return Reset Ratio

120

Percent

Chiller

Return Start Reset

4.0
(2.22)

30.0
(16.666)

10.0
(5.56)

Differential
Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

Return Maximum Reset

20
(11.11)

5.0
(2.78)

Differential
Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

Outdoor Reset Ratio

-80

Percent

Chiller

Outdoor Start Reset

50
(10)

130
(54.44)

90
(32.22)

Temp Deg F(C)

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

115

TechView
Table 35

Setpoints View Items

Tab

Text

Min
Value

Max
Value

Default
Value

Unit Type

Chiller

Outdoor Maximum Reset

20
(11.11)

5
(2.78)

Differential
Temp Deg F(C)

Chiller

External Chilled Water Setpoint

Enable, Disable

Disable

Enabled /
Disabled

Chiller

External Current Limit Setpoint

Enable, Disable

Disable

Enabled /
Disabled

Chiller

Evaporator Water Pump Off
Delay

Minutes

Chiller

Chilled Water Setpoint Filter
Settling Time

1800

200

Seconds

Chiller

Compressor Staging Deadband

0.4
(0.222)

4.0
(2.222)

0.05
(0.2778)

Differential
Temp Deg F(C)

116

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

TechView
Diagnostics View
This window lists the active and inactive (history) diagnostics. There can be
up to 60 diagnostics, both active and historic. For example, if there were 5
active diagnostics, the possible number of historic diagnostics would be 55.
You can also reset active diagnostics here, (i.e., transfer active diagnostics to
history and allow the chiller to regenerate any active diagnostics).
Resetting the active diagnostics may cause the chiller to resume operation.
The Active and History diagnostics have separate tabs. A button to reset the
active diagnostics displays when either tab is selected
.
Figure 42

Diagnostic View

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

117

TechView
Configuration View
This view displays the active configuration and allows you to make changes.
Figure 43

Configuration View

Configuration View allows you to define the chiller's components, ratings, and
configuration settings. These are all values that determine the required
installed devices, and how the chiller application is run in the main processor.
For example, a user may set an option to be installed with Configuration View,
which will require devices to be bound using Binding View. And when the
main processor runs the chiller application, the appropriate steps are taken to
monitor required inputs and control necessary outputs.
Any changes made in the Configuration View, on any of the tabs, will modify
the chiller configuration when you click on the Load Configuration button
(located at the base of the window). The Load Configuration button uploads
the new configuration settings into the main processor.
Any changes made to the configuration will change the unit model number
number and the confirmation code (CRC). If changes are made to the unit
configuration the new model number and CRC should be recorded.

118

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

TechView
Selecting the Undo All button will undo any configuration setting changes
made during the present TechView connection and since the last time the
Load Configuration button was selected. .
Table 36
Tab
Feature

Configuration View Items
Item
Basic Product Line
Unit Nominal Capacity

Default

Unit Voltage

Manufacturing Location
Design Sequence
Unit Type
Agency Listing
Pressure Vessel Code

Evaporator Temperature Range & Application
Type
Evaporator Configuration
Condenser Temperature Range

Condenser Fin Material

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Description
RTAC - Air Cooled Series R Chiller
140 Nominal Tons
155 Nominal Tons
170 Nominal Tons
185 Nominal Tons
200 Nominal Tons
225 Nominal Tons
250 Nominal Tons
275 Nominal Tons
300 Nominal Tons
350 Nominal Tons
375 Nominal Tons
400 Nominal Tons
450 Nominal Tons
500 Nominal Tons
A - 200V/60Hz/3Ph power
K - 220V/50Hz/3 Ph power
C - 230V/60Hz/3Ph power
J - 380V/60Hz/3Ph power
D - 400V/50Hz/3Ph power
4 - 460V/60Hz/3Ph power
5 - 575V/60Hz/3Ph power
U - Water Chiller Business Unit - Pueblo
E - Epinal Business Unit -Charmes
XX - Factory/ABU Assigned
N - Standard Efficiency/Performance
H - High Efficiency/Performance
N - No agency listing
U - C/UL listing
A - ASME pressure vessel code
C - Canadian code
D - Australian code
L - Chinese code
R - Vietanamese code
S - Special
F - Standard Temp. with Frz Prot
R - Rem Evap, Std Temp, No Frz Prot
G - Low Temp, with Frz Prot
N - Standard pass arrangement, insulated
N - Standard ambient range 25-115 deg F
H - High ambient capability 25-125 deg F
L - Low ambient capability 0-115 deg F
W - Wide ambient capability 0-125 deg F
1 - Standard aluminum slit fins
2 - Copper fins, non-slit fins
4 - Complete Coat aluminum fins

119

TechView
Table 36
Tab
Feature

Configuration View Items
Item
Default
Condenser Fan/Motor Configuration

Compressor Motor Starter Type
Incoming Power Line Connection
Power Line Connection Type

Unit Operator Interface
Remote Interface

Control Input Accessories/Options

Control Output Accessories/Options

Short Circuit Rating

Electrical Accessories and Export Packing

Control Panel Accessories
Refrigerant Service Valves
Compressor Sound Attenuator Option
Appearance Options

120

Description
N - Condenser fans with ODP motors
W - Low Noise fans
T - Condenser fans with TEAO motors
X - Across-the-line starters
Y - Wye-delta closed transition starters
1 - Single point power connection
2 - Dual point power connection (1/ckt)
T - Terminals only
D - Non-fused disconnect switch(es)
C - Circuit Breaker(s), HACR-rated
E - Easy-View operator interface
D -Dyna-View operator interface
N - No remote interface
C - Tracer Comm 3 interface
L -Lon Talk Communication interface (LCI)
N -No remote input
R -Remote leaving water temp stpt
C -Remote current limit setpoint
B -Remote lvg. temp.setpoint and remote current
limit setpoint
N -No output options
A -Alarm relay
C -Icemaking
D -Icemaking and alarm relay
0 - No short circuit withstand rating
5 -10000A SCR
4 -35000A SCR
6 -65000A SCR
N - No flow switches
F - NEMA-1 flow switch - 150 psi
E - Vapor Proof FS - 150 psi
N - No convenience outlet
A - 15A 115V convenience outlet (60HZ)
0 - No suction services valves
1 - Suction service valves
0 - No sound attenuator
1 - Factory installed sound attenuator
N - No appearance options
A - Architectural louvered panels
C - Half Louvers
G - Access guards
B - Access guards and half louvers
P - Painted unit
L - Painted unit with full louvered panels
H - Painted unit with half louvered panels
K - Painted unit with access guards
W - Painted w/access guards and half louvers

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

TechView
Table 36
Tab
Features

Configuration View Items
Item
Installation Accessories

Factory Test
Control, Label, and
Literature Language
Special Order
Custom

Comm 3 ICD address
Status Relay #1 J2-10,11,12
Status Relay #2 J2-7,8,9
Status Relay #3 J2-4,5,6
Status Relay #4 J2-1,2,3

Phase Unbalance Trip
Phase Unbalance Grace
Period
Maximum Acceleration
Time
Starter Feature

Default

Description
N - No installation accessories
R - Neoprene Isolators
F - Flanged water connection kit
G - Neoprene isolators and flange wtr conn kit
0 - No factory run test
E - English
G - Chinese
X - Standard catalog configuration
S - Unit has special order feature
55
1-64
REM = C
Alarm - Latching
None, Alarm - Latching (Active diagnostic
persistence latching), Alarm - Auto reset (Active
Chiller Running
Maximum Capacity diagnostic persistence non-latching), Alarm
Chiller Limit Mode (Active diagnostic persistence latching or nonlatching), Alarm Ckt1 (Active diagnostic
persistence latching or non-latching), Alarm Ckt2
(Active diagnostic persistence latching or nonlatching), Chiller Limit Mode (With 20 minute
filter), Circuit 1 Running, Circuit 2 Running,
Maximum Capacity
COOP = A, D or X
30
10-50%
90
30-255 Sec
3

1-255 Sec

All Enabled

Contactor Integrity Test, Phase Reversal Detect,
Phase Unbalance Detect
External Chilled Water
2-10 VDC
2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA
Setpoint Detection
CIOP = C or B
External Current Limit Water 2-10 VDC
2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA
Setpoint Detection
CIOP = C or B
Custom Unit Voltage
400
380,400,415
VOLT = D
Nameplate The Model Number field contains the model number stored in the EasyView or DynaView.
The Confirm Code field contains the confirm code stored in the EasyView or DynaView. The
confirm code is a four-digit hex value that is a mathematical calculation of the model number. This
number has one to one correlation to a specific model number and is used to verify that the model
number was entered properly.
The Serial Number field contains the serial number stored in the EasyView or DynaView.
This model number and confirmation code must be know when the main processor requires
replacement.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

121

TechView
Software View
Software view allows you to verify the version of chiller software currently
running on the EasyView or DynaView and download a new version of chiller
software to the EasyView or DynaView.
You can also add up to two available languages to load into the DynaView.
Loading an alternate language file allows the DynaView to display its text in
the selected alternate language, English will always be available.
Figure 44

122

Software View

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

TechView
Binding View
Binding View allows you to assess the status of the network and all the
devices connected as a whole, or the status of individual devices by using
status icons and function buttons.
Binding View is essentially a table depicting what devices and options are
actually discovered on the network bus (and their communication status)
versus what is required to support the configuration defined by the feature
codes and categories. Binding View allows you to add, remove, modify, verify,
and reassign devices and options in order to match the configuration
requirements.
Whenever a device is installed, it must be correctly configured to
communicate and to function as intended. This process is called binding.
Some features of Binding View are intended to serve a second purpose; that
is diagnosing problems with communication among the devices.
Figure 45

Binding View

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

123

TechView
Replacing or Adding Devices
If a device is communicating but incorrectly configured, it might not be
necessary to replace it. If the problem with the device is related to
communication, attempt to rebind it, and if the device becomes correctly
configured, it will then communicate properly.
If a device that needs to be replaced is still communicating, it should be
unbound. Otherwise, it will be necessary to rebuild the CH530 network
image for Binding View to discover that it has been removed. An unbound
device stops communicating and allows a new device to be bound in its
place.
It is good practice to turn the power off while detaching and attaching devices
to the CH530 network. Be sure to keep power on the service tool computer.
After power is restored to the CH530 network, the reconnect function in
Binding View restores communication with the network. If the service tool
computer is turned off, you must restart TechView and Binding View.
If a device is not communicating, the binding function displays a window to
request manual selection of the device to be bound. Previously-selected
devices are deselected when the function starts. When manual selection is
confirmed, exactly one device must be selected; if it is the correct type, it is
bound. If the desired device cannot be selected or if multiple devices are
accidentally selected, you can close the manual selection window by clicking
on No and repeat the bind function.

Software Download
Instructions for First Time TechView Users
This information can also be found at http://www.trane.com/commercial/
software/tracerch530/.
1.

Create a folder called “CH530” on your C:\ drive. You will select and use
this folder in subsequent steps so that downloaded files are easy to
locate.

2. Download the Java Runtime installation utility file onto your PC in the
CH530 folder (please note that this does not install Java Runtime, it only
downloads the installation utility).
– Click on the latest version of Java Runtime shown in the TechView
Download table.
– Select “Save this program to disk” while downloading the files (do not
select “Run this program from its current location”).
3. Download the TechView installation utility file onto your PC in the CH530
folder (please note that this does not install TechView, it only downloads
the installation utility).
– Click on the latest version of TechView shown in the TechView
Download table.
– Select “Save this program to disk” while downloading the files (do not
select “Run this program from its current location”).
4. Remember where you downloaded the files (the “CH530” folder). You
will need to locate them to finish the installation process.

124

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

TechView
5. Proceed to “Main Processor Software Download” page and read the
instructions to download the latest version of main processor installation
files.
Note: you will first select the chiller type to obtain the available file versions.
6. Select the product family. A table with the download link will appear for
that product family.
7.

Download the main processor software onto your PC in the CH530 folder
(please note that this does not install the main processor, it only downloads the installation utility).

– To do this, click on the latest version of the main processor.
– Select “Save this program to disk” while downloading the files (do not
select “Run this program from its current location”).
8. Remember where you downloaded the files (the “CH530” folder). You
will need to locate them to finish the installation process.
9. To complete the installation process, locate the installation utilities you
downloaded into the CH530 folder. If necessary, use your PC’s file manager to locate the downloaded files.
10. Install the applications in the following order by double-clicking on the
install program and following the installation prompts:
– Java Runtime Environment (JRE_VXXX.exe)
Note: During the Java Runtime Environment installation, you may be
prompted to “select the default Java Runtime for the system browsers...”.
Do not select any system browsers at this step. There should be no
default browsers selected for proper operation.
– TechView (6200-0347-VXXX.exe)
– The main processor (6200-XXXX-XX-XX.exe).
– The main processor program will self extract to the proper folder within
the TechView program directory, provided the TechView program is
properly installed on the C:\ drive.
11. Connect your PC to the CH530 main processor using a standard 9-pin
male/9-pin female RS-232 cable.
12. Run the TechView software by selecting the TechView icon placed on
your desktop during the installation process. The “Help...About” menu
can be viewed to confirm proper installation of latest versions.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

125

Diagnostics
The following Diagnostic Table contains all diagnostics possible arranged
alphabetically by the name assigned to each diagnostic. Not all diagnostics are
available unless TechView is installed.
Legend to Diagnostics Table
Hex Code: 3-digit code used to uniquely identify diagnostics.
Diagnostic Name: Name of the diagnostic as it appears at DynaView and/or
TechView displays.
Severity: Defines the action of the above effect. Immediate means an instantaneous
shutdown of the affected portion. Normal means routine or friendly shutdown of the
affected portion. Special Mode means a particular mode of operation is invoked, but
without shutdown, and Info means an Informational Note or Warning is generated.
Persistence: Defines whether or not the diagnostic and its effects are to be manually
reset (Latched), or can be either manually or automatically reset (Nonlatched).
Criteria: Quantitatively defines the criteria used in generating the diagnostic and, if
nonlatching, the criteria for auto reset.
Reset Level: Defines the lowest level of manual diagnostic reset command which can
clear the diagnostic. The manual diagnostic reset levels in decreasing order of priority
are: Local, Remote and Info. For example, a diagnostic that has a reset level of
Remote, can be reset by either a remote diagnostic reset command or by a local
diagnostic reset command, but not by the lower priority Info Reset command.
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Reset
Level

398

BAS Communication Lost

Special

NonLatch

Remote

390

BAS Failed to Establish
Communication

Special

NonLatch

2E6

Check Clock

Info

Latch

Chilled Water Flow (Entering
Water Temperature)

Info

NonLatch

5EF

Comm Loss: Chilled Water
Flow Switch
Comm Loss: Cond Rfgt
Pressure, Circuit #1
Comm Loss: Cond Rfgt
Pressure, Circuit #2
Comm Loss: Electronic
Expansion Valve, Circuit #1
Comm Loss: Electronic
Expansion Valve, Circuit #2
Comm Loss: Emergency
Stop
Comm Loss: Evap Oil Return
Valve, Cprsr 1A
Comm Loss: Evap Oil Return
Valve, Cprsr 1B
Comm Loss: Evap Oil Return
Valve, Cprsr 2A

Immediate

Latch

Immediate

Latch

The BAS was setup as "installed" at the MP and the Comm 3 LLID lost
communications with the BAS for 15 contiguous minutes after it had
been established. Refer to Section on Setpoint Arbitration to determine
how setpoints and operating modes may be effected by the comm
loss. The chiller follows the value of the Tracer Default Run Command
which can be previously written by Tracer and stored nonvolatilely by
the MP (either use local or shutdown).
The BAS was setup as "installed" and the BAS did not communicate
with the MP within 15 minutes after power-up. Refer to Section on
Setpoint Arbitration to determine how setpoints and operating modes
may be effected. Note: The original requirement for this was 2
minutes, but was implemented at 15 minutes for RTAC.
The real time clock had detected loss of its oscillator at some time in
the past. This diagnostic can be effectively cleared only by writing a
new value to the chiller's time clock using the TechView or DynaView's
"set chiller time" functions.
The entering evaporator water temp fell below the leaving evaporator
water temp. by more than 2°F for 100 °F-sec. For RTAC this diagnostic
cannot reliably indicate loss of flow, but can warn of improper flow
direction through the evaporator, misbound temperature sensors, or
other system problems
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional
ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

5F2
5F3
694
695
5DE
68E
69E
68F

126

Remote

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Reset
Level

69F

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Special
Mode
Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Remote

5F1

Comm Loss: Evaporator Rfgt Immediate
Pressure, Circuit #2

Latch

5F8

Comm Loss: Evaporator
Water Pump Control
Comm Loss: External Auto/
Stop
Comm Loss: External Chilled
Water Setpoint

Normal

Latch

Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note: This diagnostic is
replaced by diagnostic 5FB below with Rev 15.0
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note: This diagnostic is
replaced by diagnostic 5FD below with Rev 15.0
Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Special
Mode

NonLatch

5DF

Comm Loss: External Circuit
Lockout, Circuit #1

Special
Mode

Latch

5E0

Comm Loss: External Circuit
Lockout, Circuit #2
Comm Loss: External Current
Limit Setpoint

Special
Mode
Special
Mode

Latch

Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional Remote
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall discontinue use of
the External Chilled Water Setpoint source and revert to the next higher
priority for setpoint arbitration
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional Remote
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. MP will nonvolatily hold the
lockout state (enabled or disabled) that was in effect at the time of
comm loss.
Same as Comm Loss: External Circuit Lockout, Circuit #1
Remote

Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #1, Stage #1
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #1, Stage #2
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #1, Stage #3
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #1, Stage #4
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #2, Stage #1
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #2, Stage #2
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #2, Stage #3
Comm Loss: Fan Control
Circuit #2, Stage #4
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit #1,
Drive 1
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Fault, Circuit #1, Drive 2
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Fault, Circuit #2 or Circuit #2,
Drive 1
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Fault, Circuit #2, Drive 2
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Power, Circuit #1 or Circuit #1
Drive 1 and 2

Normal

Latch

Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional Remote
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall discontinue use of
the External Current limit setpoint and revert to the next higher priority
for Current Limit setpoint arbitration
Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch
Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Special
Mode

Latch

Special
Mode
Special
Mode

Latch

Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional Remote
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the remaining fans as
fixed speed fan deck.
Same as Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit #1,
Remote
Drive 1
Same as Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit #1,
Remote
Drive 1

5E4
5E3
6BB
6BC
688
689
5F0

5DD
5E9

5EA

680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
68C
68D
69A
69B
68A

Comm Loss: Evap Oil Return
Valve, Cprsr 2B
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Entering Water Temperature
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Leaving Water Temperature
Comm Loss: Evaporator Rfgt
Drain Valve - Ckt 1
Comm Loss: Evaporator Rfgt
Drain Valve - Ckt 2
Comm Loss: Evaporator Rfgt
Liquid Level, Circuit #1
Comm Loss: Evaporator Rfgt
Liquid Level, Circuit #2
Comm Loss: Evaporator Rfgt
Pressure, Circuit #1

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Special
Mode
Normal

NonLatch

Latch
Latch
Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit #1,
Drive 1
Same as Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit #1,
Drive 1

Remote

Remote
Remote

127

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Reset
Level

698

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit #1,
Drive 1

Remote

Special
Mode

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit #1,
Drive 1

Remote

Special
Mode

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit #1,
Drive 1

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Special
Mode

Latch

Remote

Special
Mode
Immediate

Latch

Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall revert to normal
(non-ice building) mode regardless of last state.
Same as Comm Loss: Ice-Machine Control

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Special
Mode
Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Normal

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

68B
699
5D9
5DA
5DB
5DC
5EB
5EC
5ED
5EE
5E1
5FA
5F4
5F5
5F6
5F7
69D
5D2
5D4
5D6
5D8
5D1
5D3
5D5
5D7
5E5
5E6
696
697

128

Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Power, Circuit #2 or Circuit #2
Drive 1 and 2
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Speed Command, Circuit #1
or Circuit #1 Drive 1 and 2
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Speed Command, Circuit #2
or Circuit #2 Drive 1 and 2
Comm Loss: Female Step
Load Compressor 1A
Comm Loss: Female Step
Load Compressor 1B
Comm Loss: Female Step
Load Compressor 2A
Comm Loss: Female Step
Load Compressor 2B
Comm Loss: High Pressure
Cutout Switch, Cprsr 1A
Comm Loss: High Pressure
Cutout Switch, Cprsr 1B
Comm Loss: High Pressure
Cutout Switch, Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss: High Pressure
Cutout Switch, Cprsr 2B
Comm Loss: Ice-Machine
Control
Comm Loss: Ice-Making
Status
Comm Loss: Intermediate Oil
Pressure, Cprsr 1A
Comm Loss: Intermediate Oil
Pressure, Cprsr 1B
Comm Loss: Intermediate Oil
Pressure, Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss: Intermediate Oil
Pressure, Cprsr 2B
Comm Loss: Local BAS
Interface
Comm Loss: Male Port Load
Compressor 1A
Comm Loss: Male Port Load
Compressor 1B
Comm Loss: Male Port Load
Compressor 2A
Comm Loss: Male Port Load
Compressor 2B
Comm Loss: Male Port
Unload Compressor 1A
Comm Loss: Male Port
Unload Compressor 1B
Comm Loss: Male Port
Unload Compressor 2A
Comm Loss: Male Port
Unload Compressor 2B
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Circuit #1 or
Cprsr 1A
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Circuit #2 or
Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Cprsr 1B
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Cprsr 2B

Remote

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Reset
Level

5E2

Comm Loss: Outdoor Air
Temperature

Normal

Latch

Remote

690
691
692
693
6AC

Comm Loss: Starter 1A
Comm Loss: Starter 1B
Comm Loss: Starter 2A
Comm Loss: Starter 2B
Comm Loss: Starter Panel
High Temperature Limit Panel 1, Cprsr 1B
Comm Loss: Starter Panel
High Temperature Limit Panel 1, Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss: Starter Panel
High Temperature Limit Panel 2, Cprsr 2B
Comm Loss: Status/
Annunciation Relays
Comm Loss: Suction
Pressure Cprsr 1A

Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Info

Latch
Latch
Latch
Latch
Latch

Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note that if this diagnostic
occurs, operational pumpdown will be performed regardless of the last
valid temperature
Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch
Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch
Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch
Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch
Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Info

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Local

Info

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Local

Info

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Chilled Water Flow Switch

Remote

Immediate

Latch

6AB
6AD
6A0
5FB

Local
Local
Local
Local
Local

5FC

Comm Loss: Suction
Pressure Cprsr 1B

Immediate

Latch

5FD

Comm Loss: Suction
Pressure Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss: Suction
Pressure Cprsr 2B
Condenser Fan Variable
Speed Drive Fault - Circuit 1
(Drive 1)

Immediate

Latch

Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional Remote
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Circuit target if no isolation
valves, Compressor target if isolation valves or simplex. Design Note:
In the case of manifolded compressors w/o isolation valves, the
occurrence of this diagnostic will also generate a comm loss with the
nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr 2B in order to accomplish circuit
shutdown.
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional Remote
ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Design Note: For circuits with
manifolded compressors w/o isolation valve option, this diagnostic will
occur with the preceding diagnostic, even though this transducer is not
required or installed.
Same as Comm Loss: Suction Pressure Cprsr 1A
Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Comm Loss: Suction Pressure Cprsr 1B

Remote

Special
Mode

Latch

Remote

Special
Mode

Latch

The MP has received a fault signal from the respective condenser fan
Variable Speed Inverter Drive, and unsuccessfully attempted (5 times
within 1 minute of each other) to clear the fault. The 4th attempt
removes power from the inverter to create a power up reset. If the
fault does not clear, the MP will revert to constant speed operation
without the use of the inverter's fan. The inverter must be manually
bypassed, and fan outputs rebound, for full fixed speed fan operation.
Same as Condenser Fan Variable Speed Drive Fault Circuit 1 (Drive 1)

Special
Mode

Latch

Same as Condenser Fan Variable Speed Drive Fault Circuit 1 (Drive 1)

Remote

Special
Mode

Latch

Same as Condenser Fan Variable Speed Drive Fault Circuit 1 (Drive 1)

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Immediate

Latch

5FE
2A1

5B4
2A2
5B5
5B8
5B9
FD

Condenser Fan Variable
Speed Drive Fault - Circuit 1
Drive 2
Condenser Fan Variable
Speed Drive Fault - Circuit 2
(Drive 1)
Condenser Fan Variable
Speed Drive Fault - Circuit 2
(Drive 2)
Condenser Refrigerant
Pressure Transducer Circuit 1
Condenser Refrigerant
Pressure Transducer Circuit 2
Emergency Stop

Remote

Evaporator Entering Water
Temperature Sensor

Info

Latch

Evaporator Leaving Water
Temperature Sensor
Evaporator Liquid Level
Sensor - Circuit 1
Evaporator Liquid Level
Sensor - Circuit 2

Normal

Latch

EMERGENCY STOP input is open. An external interlock has tripped.
Local
Time to trip from input opening to unit stop shall be 0.1 to 1.0 seconds.
Bad Sensor or LLID a. Normal operation, no effects on control.
Remote
b. Chiller shall remove any Return or Constant Return Chilled Water
Reset, if it was in effect. Apply slew rates per Chilled Water Reset
spec.
Bad Sensor or LLID
Remote

Immediate

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

27D
3F9

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

129

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

6B9

Evaporator Rfgt Drain Circuit 1

Latch

6BA

Evaporator Rfgt Drain Circuit 2
Evaporator Water Flow Lost

Latch

This diagnostic is effective only with Remote Evap units. The liquid
Remote
level of the respective evaporator was not seen to be below the level of
-21.2 mm (0.83 in) within 5 minutes of the commanded opening of its
Drain Valve Solenoid. The diagnostic will not be active if the drain valve
is commanded closed.
Same as Evaporator Rfgt Drain - Circuit 1
Remote

Immediate

NonLatch

384

Evaporator Water Flow
Overdue

Normal

NonLatch

5C4

Excessive Loss of Comm

Immediate

Latch

External Chilled Water
Setpoint

Info

NonLatch

External Current Limit
Setpoint
High Differential Refrigerant
Pressure - Circuit 1
High Differential Refrigerant
Pressure - Circuit 2
High Evaporator Liquid Level Circuit 1

Info

NonLatch

Normal

Latch

Normal

Latch

Normal

Latch

1C6
1C7
584

Reset
Level

a. The chilled water flow switch input was open for more than 6-10
contiguous seconds. b. This diagnostic does not de-energize the evap
pump output c. 6-10 seconds of contiguous flow shall clear this
diagnostic. d. Even though the pump times out in the STOP modes, this
diagnostic shall not be called out in the STOP modes. Note that this
diagnostic will not light the red diagnostic light on the Easy View
display.
Evaporator water flow was not proven within 4.25 minutes (RTAC Rev
20 and earlier) or 20 minutes (RTAC Rev 21) of the Chilled water pump
relay being energized. With SW Rev 17.0 and earlier, the diagnostic will
de-energize the Chilled Water Pump output. It will be re-energized if the
diagnostic clears with the return of flow and the chiller will be allowed
to restart normally (to accommodate external control of pump) With
SW Rev 18.0 and later, the pump command status will not be effected.
Note that this diagnostic will not light the red diagnostic light on the
EasyView display.
Loss of comm with 75% or more of the LLIDs configured for the
system has been detected. This diagnostic will suppress the callout of
all subsequent comm loss diagnostics. Check power supply(s) and
power disconnects - troubleshoot LLIDS buss using TechView
a. Function Not "Enabled": no diagnostics. b. "Enabled ": Out-Of-Range
Low or Hi or bad LLID, set diagnostic, default CWS to next level of
priority (e.g. Front Panel SetPoint). This Info diagnostic will
automatically reset if the input returns to the normal range.
Same as External Chilled Water Setpoint

Remote

The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was above
275 Psid for 2 consecutive samples or more than 10 seconds.
Same as High Differential Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit 1

Remote

High Evaporator Liquid Level - Normal
Circuit 2
High Evaporator Refrigerant Immediate
Pressure

Latch

1DE

High Oil Temperature Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

1E0

High Oil Temperature Compressor 1B
High Oil Temperature Compressor 2A
High Oil Temperature Compressor 2B
High Pressure Cutout Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its high end of range for Remote
80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is running. (The
diagnostic timer will hold, but not clear when the circuit is off). Design:
80% or more of bit count corresponding to +21.2 mm or more liquid
level for 80 minutes)
Same as High Evaporator Liquid Level - Circuit 1
.
Remote
The evaporator refrigerant pressure of either circuit has risen above 190 Remote
psig. The evaporator water pump relay will be de-energized to stop the
pump regardless of why the pump is running. The diagnostic will auto
reset and the pump will return to normal control when all of the
evaporator pressures fall below 185 psig. This diagnostic has severity
of Immediate because if an evaporator pressure reads high without
being invalid, the pump would be shut off but the chiller could keep
running. Evap water flow diagnostics are not active if the pump is
commanded off, only if the pump is commanded on but flow does not
occur as expected.
The respective oil temperature as supplied to the compressor,
Remote
exceeded 200°F for 2 consecutive samples or for over 10 seconds.
Note: As part of the Compressor High Temperature Limit Mode (aka
Minimum Limit), the running compressor's female load step will be
forced loaded when its oil temperature exceeds 190F and returned to
normal control when the oil temperature falls below 170°F.
Same as High Oil Temperature - Compressor 1A
Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as High Oil Temperature - Compressor 1A

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as High Oil Temperature - Compressor 1A

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Immediate

Latch

A high pressure cutout was detected on Compressor 1A; trip at 315 ± 5 Local
PSIG. Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an expected
consequence of the HPC trip will be suppressed from annunciation.
These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and Transition Complete Input
Open.
Same as High Pressure Cutout - Compressor 1A
Local

5B7
6B8

1DD
1DF
F5

130

High Pressure Cutout Compressor 1B

NonLatch

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Reset
Level

Immediate

Latch

Same as High Pressure Cutout - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as High Pressure Cutout - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Special
Mode

NonLatch

The leaving chilled water temp. fell below the leaving water temp
cutout setting for 30 degree F seconds while the Chiller is in the Stop
mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running. Energize Evap
Water pump Relay until diagnostic auto resets, then return to normal
evap pump control. Automatic reset occurs when the temp rises 2°F
(1.1°C) above the cutout setting for 30 minutes.
The chilled water temp. fell below the cutout setpoint for 30 degree F
Seconds while the compressor was running. Automatic reset occurs
when the temperature rises 2 °F (1.1°C) above the cutout setting for 2
minutes. This diagnostic shall not de-energize the Evaporator Water
Pump Output.
The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was below 35
Psid for more than 2000 Psid-sec with either a 1 minute (single cprsr
circuit) or 2.5 minute (manifolded cprsr circuit) ignore time from the
start of the circuit.
Same as Low Differential Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit 1

Remote

BF
5BE
5BF
5C0
5C1
C5

High Pressure Cutout Compressor 2A
High Pressure Cutout Compressor 2B
Intermediate Oil Pressure
Transducer - Compressor 1A
Intermediate Oil Pressure
Transducer - Compressor 1B
Intermediate Oil Pressure
Transducer - Compressor 2A
Intermediate Oil Pressure
Transducer - Compressor 2B
Low Chilled Water Temp: Unit
Off

Low Chilled Water Temp: Unit Immediate
On
and Special
Mode

NonLatch

1AE

Low Differential Refrigerant
Pressure - Circuit 1

Immediate

Latch

1AF

Low Differential Refrigerant
Immediate
Pressure - Circuit 2
Low Evaporator Liquid Level - Info
Circuit 1

Latch

Low Evaporator Liquid Level - Info
Circuit 2
Low Evaporator Refrigerant
Immediate
Temperature - Circuit 1

NonLatch

583

5B6
194

195
6B3

6B3
198

199
19A
19B

NonLatch

Latch

Remote

The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its low end of range for Remote
80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is running. Design: 20%
or less of bit count corresponding to -21.2 mm or less liquid level for 80
minutes)
Same as Low Evaporator Liquid Level - Circuit 1
Remote
a. The inferred Saturated Evap Refrigerant Temperature (calculated from Remote
suction pressure transducer(s)) dropped below the Low Refrigerant
Temperature Cutout Setpoint for 120°F-sec (8°F-sec max rate) while the
circuit was running after the ignore period had expired. The integral is
held at zero for the ignore time (which is a function of outdoor air temp)
following the circuit startup and the integral will be limited to never trip
in less than 15 seconds, i.e. the error term shall be clamped to 8°F. The
minimum LRTC setpoint is -5°F (18.7 Psia) the point at which oil
separates from the refrigerant. b. During the timeout of the trip
integral, the unload solenoid(s) of the running compressors on the
circuit, shall be energized continuously. Normal load/unload operation
will be resumed if the trip integral is reset by return to temps above the
cutout setpoint.
Same as Low Evaporator Refrigerant Temperature - Circuit 1
Remote

Low Evaporator Refrigerant
Temperature - Circuit 2
Low Evaporator Temp Ckt 1: Unit Off

Immediate

Latch

Special
Mode

NonLatch

Low Evaporator Temp Ckt 2: Unit Off
Low Oil Flow Compressor 1A

Special
Mode
Immediate

NonLatch
Latch

Low Oil Flow Compressor 1B
Low Oil Flow Compressor 2A
Low Oil Flow Compressor 2B

Immediate

Latch

The intermediate oil pressure transducer for this compressor was out Local
of the acceptable pressure range for 15 seconds, while the Delta
Pressure was greater than 35 Psid.: Acceptable range is 0.50 > (PC-PI)
/ (PC-PE) for the first 2.5 minutes of operation, and 0.25 > (PC-PI) / (PCPE) thereafter,
Same as Low Oil Flow - Compressor 1A
Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Low Oil Flow - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Low Oil Flow - Compressor 1A

Local

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Any of the evap sat temps fell below the water temp cutout setting
while the respective evap liquid level was greater than -21.2mm for 30
degree F seconds while Chiller is in the Stop mode, or in Auto mode
with no compressors running. Energize Evap Water pump Relay until
diagnostic auto resets, then return to normal evap pump control.
Automatic reset occurs when either the evap temp rises 2°F (1.1°C)
above the cutout setting or the liquid level falls below -21.2mm for 30
minutes
Same as Low Evaporator Temp - Ckt 1: Unit Off

Remote

131

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Low Suction Refrigerant
Pressure - Circuit 1

Immediate

Latch

Low Suction Refrigerant
Pressure - Circuit 2
Low Suction Refrigerant
Pressure - Cprsr 1B
Low Suction Refrigerant
Pressure - Cprsr 2B
Motor Current Overload Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

a. The Suction Refrigerant Pressure (or either of the compressor
Local
suction pressures) dropped below 10 Psia just prior to compressor start
(after EXV preposition). b. The pressure fell below 16 Psia while
running after the ignore time had expired, or fell below 10 Psia (or 5 Psia
in software prior to Oct'02) before the ignore time had expired. The
ignore time is function of outdoor air temperature. Note: Part b. is
identical to Low Evaporator Refrigerant Temperature diagnostic except
for the trip integral and trip point settings.
Same as Low Suction Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit 1
Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Low Suction Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit 1

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Low Suction Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit 1

Local

Immediate

Latch

Local

Immediate

Latch

Compressor current exceeded overload time vs. trip characteristic. For
A/C products Must trip = 140% RLA, Must hold=125%, nominal trip
132.5% in 30 seconds
Same as Motor Current Overload - Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

Same as Motor Current Overload - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Motor Current Overload - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Memory error criteria TBD

Remote

Info

Latch

Remote

Immediate
Info

Latch
Latch

Info

Latch

Info

NonLatch

B7
B8
BA
BB
BC
BD
1AD
6A1

Motor Current Overload Compressor 1B
Motor Current Overload Compressor 2A
Motor Current Overload Compressor 2B
MP Application Memory CRC
Error
MP: Could not Store Starts
and Hours
MP: Invalid Configuration
MP: Non-Volatile Block Test
Error
MP: Non-Volatile Memory
Reformat
MP: Reset Has Occurred

Reset
Level

Local

1E1

Oil Flow Fault Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

1E2

Immediate

Latch

Immediate

Latch

Same as Oil Flow Fault - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Oil Flow Fault - Compressor 1A

Local

Normal

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Normal

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Normal

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Normal

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID

Remote

Normal

Latch

Oil Flow Fault Compressor 1B
Oil Flow Fault Compressor 2A
Oil Flow Fault Compressor 2B
Oil Temperature
Sensor - Cprsr 1B
Oil Temperature
Sensor - Cprsr 2B
Oil Temperature
Sensor -Cprsr 1A
Oil Temperature
Sensor -Cprsr 2A
Outdoor Air Temperature
Sensor
Over Voltage

MP has determined there was an error with the previous power down
store. Starts and Hours may have been lost for the last 24 hours.
MP has an invalid configuration based on the current software installed
MP has determined there was an error with a block in the Non-Volatile
memory. Check settings.
MP has determined there was an error in a sector of the Non-Volatile
memory and it was reformatted. Check settings.
The main processor has successfully come out of a reset and built its
application. A reset may have been due to a power up, installing new
software or configuration. This diagnostic is immediately and
automatically cleared and thus can only be seen in the Historic
Diagnostic List in TechView
The Intermediate Oil Pressure Transducer for this cprsr is reading a
pressure either above its respective circuit's Condenser Pressure by 15
Psia or more, , or below its respective Suction Pressure 10 Psia or more
for 30 seconds continuously.
Same as Oil Flow Fault - Compressor 1A

Normal

NonLatch

19C

Phase Loss - Compressor 1A Immediate

Bad Sensor or LLID. Note that if this diagnostic occurs, operational
Remote
pumpdown will be performed regardless of the last valid temperature
a. Line voltage above + 10% of nominal. [Must hold = + 10 % of
Remote
nominal. Must trip = + 15 % of nominal. Reset differential = min. of
2% and max. of 4%. Time to trip = minimum of 1 min. and maximum
of 5 min.) Design: Nom. trip: 60 seconds at greater than 112.5%, + or
- 2.5%, Auto Reset at 109% or less.
a) No current was sensed on one or two of the current transformer
Local
inputs while running or starting (See Nonlatching Power Loss
Diagnostic for all three phases lost while running). Must hold = 20%
RLA. Must trip = 5% RLA. Time to trip shall be longer than guaranteed
reset on Starter Module at a minimum, 3 seconds maximum. Actual
design trippoint is 10%. The actual design trip time is 2.64 seconds. b)
If Phase reversal protection is enabled and current is not sensed on one
or more current xformer inputs. Logic will detect and trip in a maximum
of 0.3 second from compressor start.

5FF
6A2
69C
D9

5A0
5A1
1E6
1E8
1E5
1E7
A1

132

Latch

Remote
Remote
Remote
Remote

Local

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Reset
Level

19D
19E
19F
184

Phase Loss - Compressor 1B
Phase Loss - Compressor 2A
Phase Loss - Compressor 2B
Phase Reversal Compressor 1A

Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate

Latch
Latch
Latch
Latch

Local
Local
Local
Local

185

Phase Reversal Compressor 1B
Phase Reversal Compressor 2A
Phase Reversal Compressor 2B
Power Loss - Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

Same as Phase Loss - Compressor 1A
Same as Phase Loss - Compressor 1A
Same as Phase Loss - Compressor 1A
A phase reversal was detected on the incoming current. On a
compressor startup the phase reversal logic must detect and trip in a
maximum of .3 second from compressor start.
Same as Phase Reversal - Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

Same as Phase Reversal - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Phase Reversal - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

NonLatch

Remote

1A1
1A2
1A3
8C

Power Loss - Compressor 1B
Power Loss - Compressor 2A
Power Loss - Compressor 2B
Pumpdown Terminated Circuit 1

Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Info

NonLatch
NonLatch
NonLatch
NonLatch

Info

NonLatch

Immediate

Latch

Immediate

5CD

Pumpdown Terminated Circuit 2
Severe Current Imbalance Compressor 1A
Severe Current Imbalance Compressor 1B
Severe Current Imbalance Compressor 2A
Severe Current Imbalance Compressor 2B
Starter 1A Comm Loss: MP

The compressor had previously established currents while running and
then all three phases of current were lost. Design: Less than 10% RLA,
trip in 2.64 seconds. This diagnostic will preclude the Phase Loss
Diagnostic and the Transition Complete Input Opened Diagnostic from
being called out. To prevent this diagnostic from occurring with the
intended disconnect of main power, the minimum time to trip must be
greater than the guaranteed reset time of the Starter module. Note:
This diagnostic prevents nuisance latching diagnostics due to a
momentary power loss - It does not protect motor/compressor from
uncontrolled power reapplication. See Momentary Power Loss
Diagnostic for this protection. This diagnostic is not active during the
start mode before the transition complete input is proven. Thus a
random power loss during a start would result in either a "Starter Fault
Type 3" or a "Starter Did Not Transition" latching diagnostic.
Same as Power Loss - Compressor 1A
Same as Power Loss - Compressor 1A
Same as Power Loss - Compressor 1A
The pumpdown cycle for this circuit was terminated abnormally due to
excessive time or due to a specific set of diagnostic criteria - but w/o
associated latching diagnostics
Same as Pumpdown Terminated - Circuit 1

6A7

186
187
1A0

1B2

Local

Remote
Remote
Remote
Remote
Remote
Local

Latch

A 30% Current Imbalance has been detected on one phase relative to
the average of all 3 phases for 90 continuous seconds.
Same as Severe Current Imbalance - Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

Same as Severe Current Imbalance - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Severe Current Imbalance - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Local

Starter 1A Dry Run Test

Immediate

Latch

5CE

Starter 1B Comm Loss: MP

Immediate

Latch

6A8

Starter 1B Dry Run Test

Immediate

Latch

5CF

Starter 2A Comm Loss: MP

Immediate

Latch

6A9

Starter 2A Dry Run Test

Immediate

Latch

5D0

Starter 2B Comm Loss: MP

Immediate

Latch

6AA

Starter 2B Dry Run Test

Immediate

Latch

Starter has had a loss of communication with the MP for a 15 second
period.
While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50 % Line Voltage was
sensed at the Potential Transformers or 10 % RLA Current was sensed
at the Current Transformers.
Starter has had a loss of communication with the MP for a 15 second
period.
While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50 % Line Voltage was
sensed at the Potential Transformers or 10 % RLA Current was sensed
at the Current Transformers.
Starter has had a loss of communication with the MP for a 15 second
period.
While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50 % Line Voltage was
sensed at the Potential Transformers or 10 % RLA Current was sensed
at the Current Transformers.
Starter has had a loss of communication with the MP for a 15 second
period.
While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50 % Line Voltage was
sensed at the Potential Transformers or 10 % RLA Current was sensed
at the Current Transformers.

1B3
1B4
1B5

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Local

Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local
Local

133

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Starter Contactor Interrupt
Failure - Compressor 2A

Special
Mode

Latch

Starter Contactor Interrupt
Failure - Compressor 1A
Starter Contactor Interrupt
Failure - Compressor 1B
Starter Contactor Interrupt
Failure - Compressor 2B
Starter Did Not Transition Compressor 1A

Special
Mode
Special
Mode
Special
Mode
Immediate

Latch

Detected compressor currents greater than 10% RLA on any or all
Local
phases when the compressor was commanded off. Detection time
shall be 5 second minimum and 10 seconds maximum. On detection
and until the controller is manually reset: generate diagnostic, energize
the appropriate alarm relay, continue to energize the Evap Pump
Output, continue to command the affected compressor off, fully unload
the effected compressor and command a normal stop to all other
compressors. For as long as current continues, perform liquid level and
fan control on the circuit effected.
Same as Starter Contactor Interrupt Failure - Compressor 2A
Local

Latch

Same as Starter Contactor Interrupt Failure - Compressor 2A

Local

Latch

Same as Starter Contactor Interrupt Failure - Compressor 2A

Local

Latch

Starter Did Not Transition Compressor 1B
Starter Did Not Transition Compressor 2A
Starter Did Not Transition Compressor 2B
Starter Failed to Arm/Start Cprsr 1A
Starter Failed to Arm/Start Cprsr 1B
Starter Failed to Arm/Start Cprsr 2A
Starter Failed to Arm/Start Cprsr 2B
Starter Fault Type I Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

The Starter Module did not receive a transition complete signal in the Local
designated time from its command to transition. The must hold time
from the Starter Module transition command is 1 second. The Must trip
time from the transition command is 6 seconds. Actual design is 2.5
seconds. This diagnostic is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer,
Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters.
Same as Starter Did Not Transition - Compressor 1A
Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Did Not Transition - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Did Not Transition - Compressor 1A

Local

Info

Latch

Starter failed to arm or start within the allotted time (15 seconds).

Local

Info

Latch

Same as Starter Failed to Arm/Start - Cprsr 1A

Local

Info

Latch

Same as Starter Failed to Arm/Start - Cprsr 1A

Local

Info

Latch

Same as Starter Failed to Arm/Start - Cprsr 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Immediate

Latch

This is a specific starter test where 1M(1K1) is closed first and a check Local
is made to ensure that there are no currents detected by the CT's. If
currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at start, then one of
the other contactors is shorted.
Same as Starter Fault Type I - Compressor 1A
Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Fault Type I - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Fault Type I - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Immediate

Latch

a. This is a specific starter test where the Shorting Contactor (1K3) is
Local
individually energized and a check is made to ensure that there are no
currents detected by the CT's. If current is detected when only S is
energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test in a. above applies
to all forms of starters (Note: It is understood that many starters do not
connect to the Shorting Contactor.).
Same as Starter Fault Type II - Compressor 1A
Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Fault Type II - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Fault Type II - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Immediate

Latch

As part of the normal start sequence to apply power to the compressor, Local
the Shorting Contactor (1K3) and then the Main Contactor (1K1) were
energized. 1.6 seconds later there were no currents detected by the
CT's for the last 1.2 Seconds on all three phases. The test above applies
to all forms of starters except Adaptive Frequency Drives.
Same as Starter Fault Type III - Compressor 1A
Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Fault Type III - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Fault Type III - Compressor 1A

Local

Info

Latch

Checksum on RAM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed.
Configuration recalled from EEPROM.

Local

CB
CD
180

181
182
183
6A3
6A4
6A5
6A6
1E9

1EA
1EB
1EC
1ED

1EE
1EF
1F0
1F1

1F2
1F3
1F4
5C7

134

Starter Fault Type I Compressor 1B
Starter Fault Type I Compressor 2A
Starter Fault Type I Compressor 2B
Starter Fault Type II Compressor 1A

Starter Fault Type II Compressor 1B
Starter Fault Type II Compressor 2A
Starter Fault Type II Compressor 2B
Starter Fault Type III Compressor 1A

Starter Fault Type III Compressor 1B
Starter Fault Type III Compressor 2A
Starter Fault Type III Compressor 2B
Starter Module Memory Error
Type 1 - Starter 2A

Reset
Level

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Reset
Level

5C8

Info

Latch

Same as Starter Module Memory Error Type 1 - Starter 2A

Local

Info

Latch

Same as Starter Module Memory Error Type 1 - Starter 2A

Local

Info

Latch

Same as Starter Module Memory Error Type 1 - Starter 2A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Module Memory Error Type 1 - Starter 2A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Module Memory Error Type 1 - Starter 2A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Module Memory Error Type 1 - Starter 2A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Starter Module Memory Error Type 1 - Starter 2A

Local

Special
Mode

NonLatch

Local

Starter Panel High
Temperature Limit - Panel 1,
Cprsr 2A
Starter Panel High
Temperature Limit - Panel 2,
Cprsr 2B
Suction Refrigerant Pressure
Transducer - Circuit 1,
Compressor 1A

Special
Mode

NonLatch

Starter Panel High Limit Thermostat (170°F) trip was detected. Note:
Other diagnostics that may occur as an expected consequence of the
Panel High Temp Limit trip will be suppressed from annunciation.
These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and Transition Complete Input
Open for Cprsr 1B
Same as Starter Panel High Temperature Limit - Panel 1, Cprsr 1B

Special
Mode

NonLatch

Same as Starter Panel High Temperature Limit - Panel 1, Cprsr 1B

Local

Immediate

Latch

Suction Refrigerant Pressure
Transducer - Circuit 1,
Compressor 1B
Suction Refrigerant Pressure
Transducer - Circuit 2,
Compressor 2A
Suction Refrigerant Pressure
Transducer - Circuit 2,
Compressor 2B
Transition Complete Input
Opened - Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

Bad Sensor or LLID Circuit target if no isolation valves, Compressor
Remote
target if isolation valves. Design Note: In the case of manifolded
compressors w/o isolation valves, the occurrence of this diagnostic will
also generate a comm loss with the nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr
1B in order to accomplish circuit shutdown.
Same as Suction Refrigerant Pressure Transducer - Circuit 1,
Remote
Compressor 1A

Immediate

Latch

Same as Suction Refrigerant Pressure Transducer - Circuit 1,
Compressor 1A

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Same as Suction Refrigerant Pressure Transducer - Circuit 1,
Compressor 1A

Remote

Immediate

Latch

Immediate

Latch

The Transition Complete input was found to be opened with the
Local
compressor motor running after a successful completion of transition.
This is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and XLine Starters. To prevent this diagnostic from occurring as the result of
a power loss to the contactors, the minimum time to trip must be
greater than the trip time for the power loss diagnostic.
Same as Transition Complete Input Opened - Compressor 1A
Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Transition Complete Input Opened - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Transition Complete Input Opened - Compressor 1A

Local

Immediate

Latch

Local

Immediate

Latch

The Transition Complete input was found to be shorted before the
compressor was started. This is active for all electromechanical
starters.
Same as Transition Complete Input Opened - Compressor 2B

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Transition Complete Input Opened - Compressor 2B

Local

Immediate

Latch

Same as Transition Complete Input Opened - Compressor 2B

Local

5C5
5C6
5C9
5CA
5CB
5CC
6B1

6B0
6B2
5BA

5BB
5BC
5BD
5B0

5B1
5B2
5B3
5AC
5AD
5AE
5AF

Starter Module Memory Error
Type 1 - Starter 2B
Starter Module Memory Error
Type 1Starter 1A
Starter Module Memory Error
Type 1-Starter 1B
Starter Module Memory Error
Type 2 - Starter 1A
Starter Module Memory Error
Type 2 - Starter 1B
Starter Module Memory Error
Type 2 - Starter 2A
Starter Module Memory Error
Type 2 - Starter 2B
Starter Panel High
Temperature Limit - Panel 1,
Cprsr 1B

Transition Complete Input
Opened - Compressor 1B
Transition Complete Input
Opened - Compressor 2A
Transition Complete Input
Opened - Compressor 2B
Transition Complete Input
Shorted - Compressor 1A
Transition Complete Input
Shorted - Compressor 1B
Transition Complete Input
Shorted - Compressor 2A
Transition Complete Input
Shorted - Compressor 2B

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Local

135

Diagnostics
Hex Diagnostic Name
Code and Source

Severity

Persistence

Criteria

Under Voltage

Normal

NonLatch

771

Very Low Evaporator
Refrigerant Pressure Circuit 1

Immediate

Latch

772

Very Low Evaporator
Refrigerant Pressure Circuit 2

Immediate

Latch

a. Line voltage below - 10% of nominal or the Under/Overvoltage
Remote
transformer is not connected. [Must hold = - 10 % of nominal. Must
trip = - 15 % of nominal. Reset differential = min. of 2% and max. of
4%. Time to trip = min. of 1 min. and max. of 5 min.) Design: Nom.
trip: 60 seconds at less than 87.5%, + or - 2.8% at 200V or + or - 1.8%
at 575V, Auto Reset at 90% or greater.
The evaporator pressure dropped below 10 psia (or 5 psia in software Local
prior to Oct '02)regardless of whether or not compressors are running
on that circuit. This diagnostic was created to prevent compressor
failures due to crossbinding by forcing an entire chiller shutdown. If a
given compressor or circuit is locked out, the suction pressure
transducer(s)associated with it, will be excluded from causing this
diagnostic.
Same as Very Low Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit 1
Local

136

Reset
Level

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Pre-Start Checkout
Installation Checklist
Complete this checklist as the unit is installed and verify that all recommended procedures are accomplished before the unit is started. This checklist does not replace the
detailed instructions given in the “Installation -Mechanical” and “Installation -Electrical” sections of this manual. Read both sections completely, to become familiar with
the installation procedures, prior to beginning the work.
Receiving
• Verify that the unit nameplate data corresponds to the ordering information.
• Inspect the unit for shipping damage and any shortages of materials. Report any
damage or shortage to the carrier.
Unit Location and Mounting
• Inspect the location desired for installation and verify adequate service access
clearances.
• Provide drainage for evaporator water.
• Remove and discard all shipping materials (cartons, etc.)
• Install optional rubber isolators, if required.
• Level the unit and secure it to the mounting surface.
Unit Piping
• Flush all water piping before making final connections to the unit.

CAUTION
Proper Water Treatment!
The use of untreated or improperly treated water in the Unit may result
in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is recommended that the
services of a qualified water treatment specialist be engaged to
determine what water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no
responsibility for equipment failures which result from untreated or
improperly treated water, or saline or brackish water.
If using an acidic commercial flushing solution, construct a temporary
bypass around the unit to prevent damage to internal components of the
evaporator.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Connect the chilled water piping to the evaporator.
Install pressure gauges and shutoff valves on the chilled water inlet and outlet to
the evaporator.
Install a water strainer in the entering chilled water line.
Install a balancing valve and flow switch (recommended) in the leaving chilled
water line.
Install a drain with shutoff valve or a drain plug on the evaporator waterbox.
Vent the chilled water system at high points in the system piping.
Apply heat tape and insulation, as necessary, to protect all exposed piping from
freeze-up.

137

Pre-Start Checkout
Electrical Wiring

Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this
product, it may be necessary to work with live electrical components.
Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been
properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to
live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
Use Copper Conductors Only!
Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors.
Failure to use copper conductors may result in equipment damage.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Connect the unit power supply wiring with fused-disconnect to the terminal block
or lugs (or unit-mounted disconnect) in the power section of the control panel.
Connect power supply wiring to the evaporator heaters.
Connect power supply wiring to the chilled water pump.
Connect power supply wiring to any auxiliary heat tapes.
Connect the flow switch and then connect to the proper terminals.
Connect the chilled water pump to the proper terminals.
For the External Auto/Stop function, install wiring from remote contacts (5K14,
5K15) to the proper terminals on the circuit board.
Connect the power supply for the convenience outlet, if it is separate from the
evaporator heater.

CAUTION
Information in Interconnecting Wiring!
Chilled Water Pump Interlock and External Auto/Stop must be adhered
to or equipment damage may occur.

138

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Pre-Start Checkout
•
•
•
•
•

If alarm and status relay outputs are used, install leads from the panel to the
proper terminals on circuit board.
If the emergency stop function is used, install low voltage leads to terminals on
circuit board.
Connect separate power for the External Emergency Stop option, if applicable.
If the ice making-option is used, install leads on 5K18 to the proper terminals on
1U7.
Connect separate power supply for ice making status circuit, if applicable.

General
When installation is complete, but prior to putting the unit into service, the following
pre-start procedures must be reviewed and verified correct:

Inspect all wiring connections in the compressor power circuits (disconnects, terminal block, contactors, compressor junction box terminals, etc.). to be sure they
are clean and tight.

CAUTION
Connections!
Verify all connections are made. Loose connections can cause
overheating and undervoltage conditions at the compressor motor.
2. Open all refrigerant valves in the discharge, liquid, suction, oil and oil return lines.

CAUTION
Compressor Damage!
Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if the oil line shut off
valve or the isolation valves are left closed on unit start-up.
3. Check the power supply voltage to the unit at the main power fused-disconnect
switch. Voltage must be within the voltage utilization range and also stamped on
the unit nameplate. Voltage imbalance must not exceed 3%.
4. Check the unit power phasing L1-L2-L3 in the starter to be sure that it has been
installed in an “ABC” phase sequence.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

139

Pre-Start Checkout
CAUTION
Compressor Damage!
It is imperative that L1, L2, L3 in the starter be connected in the A-B-C
phase sequence to prevent equipment damage due to reverse rotation.
5. Fill the evaporator chilled water circuit. Vent the system while it is being filled.
Open the vents on the top of the evaporator waterbox while filling and close
when filling is completed.

CAUTION
Use Piping Strainers!
To prevent evaporator damage, pipe strainers must be installed in the
water supplies to protect components from water born debris. Trane is
not responsible for equipment-only-damage caused by water born
debris.
6. Close the fused-disconnect switch(es) that supplies power to the chilled water
pump starter.
7.

Start the chilled water pump to begin circulation of the water. Inspect all piping for
leakage and make any necessary repairs.

8. With water circulating through the system, adjust water flow and check water
pressure drop through the evaporator.
9. Adjust the chilled water flow switch for proper operation.
10. Reapply power to complete procedures.
11. Prove all Interlock and Interconnecting Wiring Interlock and External as described
in the Electrical Installation section.
12. Check and set, as required, all CH530 menu items.
13. Stop the chilled water pump.
14. Energize compressor and oil separator heaters 24 hours prior to unit start-up.

Unit Voltage Power Supply
Voltage to the unit must meet the criteria given in the Installation-Electrical Section.
Measure each leg of the supply voltage at the unit's main power fused- disconnect. If
the measured voltage on any leg is not within specified range, notify the supplier of
the power and correct the situation before operating the unit.

140

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Pre-Start Checkout
CAUTION
Equipment Damage!
Provide adequate voltage to the unit. Failure to do so can cause control
components to malfunction and shorten the life of relay contact,
compressor motors and contactors.

Unit Voltage Imbalance
Excessive voltage imbalance between the phases of three-phase system can cause
motors to overheat and eventually fail. The maximum allowable imbalance is 3%. Voltage imbalance is determined using the following calculations:
% Imbalance = [(Vx - V ave) x 100]/Vave
V ave = (V1 + V2 + V3)/3
Vx = phase with the greatest difference from V ave (without regard to the sign)
For example, if the three measured voltages are 221, 230, and 227 volts, the average
would be:
(221+230+227)/3 = 226
The percentage of the imbalance is then:
[100(221-226)]/226 = 2.2%
This exceeds the maximum allowable (2%) by 0.2 percent.

Unit Voltage Phasing

CAUTION
Compressor Damage!
It is imperative that L1, L2, L3 in the starter be connected in the A-B-C
phase sequence to prevent equipment damage due to reverse rotation.
It is important that proper rotation of the compressors be established before the unit
is started. Proper motor rotation requires confirmation of the electrical phase
sequence of the power supply. The motor is internally connected for clockwise rotation with the incoming power supply phased A, B, C.
Basically, voltages generated in each phase of a polyphase alternator or circuit are
called phase voltages. In a three-phase circuit, three sine wave voltages are generated, differing in phase by 120 electrical degrees. The order in which the three voltages of a three-phase system succeed one another is called phase sequence or
phase rotation. This is determined by the direction of rotation of the alternator. When
rotation is clockwise, phase sequence is usually called "ABC," when counterclockwise, "CBA.”
This direction may be reversed outside the alternator by interchanging any two of the
line wires. It is this possible interchange of wiring that makes a phase sequence indicator necessary if the operator is to quickly determine the phase rotation of the
motor.
Proper compressor motor electrical phasing can be quickly determined and corrected
before starting the unit. Use a quality instrument, such as the Associated Research
Model 45 Phase Sequence Indicator, and follow this procedure.
1. Press the STOP key on the CH530.
2. Open the electrical disconnect or circuit protection switch that provides line
power to the line power terminal block(s) in the starter panel (or to the unitmounted disconnect).

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

141

Pre-Start Checkout
WARNING
Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors!
Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before
servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power
cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other
energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the
appropriate manufacturer’s literature for allowable waiting periods for
discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all
capacitors have discharged. Failure to disconnect power and discharge
capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury.
Note: For additional information regarding the safe discharge of
capacitors, see PROD-SVB06A-EN or PROD-SVB06A-FR
3. Connect the phase sequence indicator leads to the line Power terminal block, as
follows:
Phase Seq. Lead
Black (Phase A)
Red (Phase B)
Yellow (Phase C)

Terminal
L1
L2
L3

4. Turn power on by closing the unit supply power fused-disconnect switch.
5. Read the phase sequence on the indicator. The “ABC” LED on the face of the
phase indicator will glow if phase is “ABC.”
6. If the “CBA” indicator glows instead, open the unit main power disconnect and
switch two line leads on the line power terminal block(s) (or the unit mounted disconnect). Re-close the main power disconnect and recheck the phasing.

CAUTION
Compressor Damage!
Do not interchange any load leads that are from the unit contactors or
the motor terminals. Doing so may damage the equipment.
7.

Reopen the unit disconnect and disconnect the phase indicator.

Water System Flow Rates
Establish a balanced chilled water flow through the evaporator. The flow rates should
fall between the minimum and maximum values given on the pressure drop curves.
Chilled water flow rates below the minimum values will result in laminar flow, which
reduces heat transfer and causes either loss of EXV control or repeated nuisance, low
temperature, cutouts. Flow rates that are too high can cause tube erosion in the evaporator.

Water System Pressure Drop
Measure water pressure drop through the evaporator at the field-installed pressure
taps on the system water piping. Use the same gauge for each measurement. Do not
include valves, strainers fittings in the pressure drop readings.
Pressure drop readings should be approximately those shown in the Pressure Drop
Charts in the Mechanical Installation section.

142

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Pre-Start Checkout
CH530 Set-Up
Use of TechView service tool is required to view and adjust most settings. Refer to
the Controls Interface section for instruction on adjustment of the settings.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

143

Unit Start-Up Procedures
Daily Unit Start-Up
The time line for sequence of operation is shown at the end of this section and
depicts the nominal delays and sequences that a chiller would experience during a
typical operational cycle. The time line begins with a power up of the main power to
the chiller. The sequence assumes a 2 circuit, 2 compressor air-cooled RTAC chiller
with no diagnostics or malfunctioning components. External events such as the operator placing the chiller in Auto or Stop, chilled water flow through the evaporator, and
application of load to the chilled water loop causing loop water temperature increases
are depicted and the chillers responses to those events are shown, with appropriate
delays noted. The effects of diagnostics, and other external interlocks other than evaporator water flow proving, are not considered. The response of the EasyView Display
is also depicted on the time line.
NOTE: Unless the CH530 TechView and building automation system are controlling
the chilled water pump, the manual unit start sequence is as follows. Operator
actions are noted.

CAUTION
Compressor Damage!
Ensure that the compressor and oil separator heaters have been
operating for a minimum of 24 hours before starting. Failure to do so
may result in equipment damage.

General
If the pre-start checkout, has been completed, the unit is ready to start.
1. Press the STOP key on the CH530.
2. As necessary, adjust the setpoint values in the CH530 menus using TechView.
3. Close the fused-disconnect switch for the chilled water pump. Energize the
pump(s) to start water circulation.
4. Check the service valves on the discharge line, suction line, oil line and liquid line
for each circuit. These valves must be open (backseated) before starting the compressors.

CAUTION
Compressor Damage!
Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if the oil line shut off
valve or the isolation valves are left closed on unit start-up.
5. Press the AUTO key. If the chiller control calls for cooling and all safety interlocks
are closed, the unit will start. The compressor(s) will load and unload in response
to the leaving chilled water temperature.
6. Verify that the chilled water pump runs for at least one minute after the chiller is
commanded to stop (for normal chilled water systems).

144

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Unit Start-Up Procedures
Once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes and has become
stabilized, complete the remaining start-up procedures, as follows:
1. Check the evaporator refrigerant pressure and the condenser refrigerant pressure
under Refrigerant Report on the CH530 TechView. The pressures are referenced
to sea level (14.6960 psia).
2. Check the EXV sight glasses after sufficient time has elapsed to stabilize the
chiller. The refrigerant flow past the sight glasses should be clear. Bubbles in the
refrigerant indicate either low refrigerant charge or excessive pressure drop in the
liquid line or a stuck open expansion valve. A restriction in the line can sometimes
be identified by a noticeable temperature differential between the two sides of
the restriction. Frost will often form on the line at this point. Proper refrigerant
charges are shown in the General Information Section.
NOTE: Important! A clear sight glass alone does not mean that the system is
properly charged. Also check system subcooling, liquid level control and unit
operating pressures.
3. Measure the system subcooling.
4. A shortage of refrigerant is indicated if operating pressures are low and subcooling is also low. If the operating pressures, sight glass, superheat and subcooling
readings indicate a refrigerant shortage, gas-charge refrigerant into each circuit,
as required. With the unit running, add refrigerant vapor by connecting the charging line to the suction service valve and charging through the backseat port until
operating conditions become normal.

CAUTION
Refrigerant!
If both suction and discharge pressures are low but sub-cooling is
normal, a problem other than refrigerant shortage exists. Do not add
refrigerant, as this may result in overcharging the circuit.
Use only refrigerants specified on the unit nameplate (HFC 134a) and
Trane OIL00048. Failure to do so may cause compressor damage and
improper unit operation.

Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure
1.

Close all valves and re-install the drain plugs in the evaporator.

2. Service the auxiliary equipment according to the start-up/maintenance instructions provided by the respective equipment manufacturers.
3. Close the vents in the evaporator chilled water circuits.
4. Open all the valves in the evaporator chilled water circuits.
5. Open all refrigerant valves to verify they are in the open condition.
6. If the evaporator was previously drained, vent and fill the evaporator and chilled
water circuit. When all air is removed from the system (including each pass),
install the vent plugs in the evaporator water boxes.
7.

Check the adjustment and operation of each safety and operating control.

8. Close all disconnect switches.
9. Refer to the sequence for daily unit startup for the remainder of the seasonal startup.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

145

Unit Start-Up Procedures
System Restart After Extended Shutdown
Follow the procedures below to restart the unit after extended shutdown:
1. Verify that the liquid line service valves, oil line, compressor discharge service
valves and suction service valves are open (backseated).

CAUTION
Compressor Damage!
Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if the oil line shut off
valve or the isolation valves are left closed on unit start-up.
2. Check the oil separator oil level (see Maintenance Procedures section).
3. Fill the evaporator water circuit. Vent the system while it is being filled. Open the
vent on the top of the evaporator and condenser while filling and close when filling is completed.

CAUTION
Proper Water Treatment!
The use of untreated or improperly treated water in the unit may result
in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is recommended that the
services of a qualified water treatment specialist be engaged to
determine what water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no
responsibility for equipment failures which result from untreated or
improperly treated water, or saline or brackish water.
4. Close the fused-disconnect switches that provides power to the chilled water
pump.
5. Start the evaporator water pump and, while water is circulating, inspect all piping
for leakage. Make any necessary repairs before starting the unit.
6. While the water is circulating, adjust the water flows and check the water pressure drops through the evaporator. Refer to “Water System Flow Rates” and
“Water System Pressure Drop”.
7.

Adjust the flow switch on the evaporator piping for proper operation.

8. Stop the water pump. The unit is now ready for start-up as described in “Start-Up
Procedures”.

146

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Unit Shutdown Procedures
Temporary Shutdown And Restart
To shut the unit down for a short time, use the following procedure:
1. Press the STOP key on the CH530. The compressors will continue to operate
and, after an unloading period (which may be followed by pumpdown cycle in outdoor ambients below 50oF), will stop when the compressor contactors de-energize.
2. CH530 pump control will turn off the pump (after a minimum 1 min. delay) when
the STOP key is pressed and automatically restart the pump when the unit starts
normally.
3. The unit will start normally, provided the following conditions exist:
– The CH530 receives a call for cooling and the differential-to-start is above the
setpoint.
– All system operating interlocks and safety circuits are satisfied.

Extended Shutdown Procedure
The following procedure is to be followed if the system is to be taken out of service
for an extended period of time, e.g. seasonal shutdown:
1. Test the unit for refrigerant leaks and repair as necessary.
2. Open the electrical disconnect switches for the chilled water pump. Lock the
switches in the “OPEN” position.

CAUTION
Chilled Water Pump!
Lock the chilled water pump disconnects open, to prevent pump
damage.
3. Close all chilled water supply valves. Drain the water from the evaporator.
4. With the water drained from evaporator, the "customer provided" power for the
120-volt evaporator heaters (terminated at 1TB4...terminals 1 & 2) must be must
disconnect.
These heaters consist of 1 well heater in each evaporator end (or water box), and
the heat tape, which is wrapped around the bundle itself. They are energized by a
klixon temperature control mounted on the side of the evaporator, which
energizes at or below 37oF. outside air temp. If there is no liquid in the evaporator
and the temp drops below 37 degrees, both of the well heaters will burn up
because they have no liquid to transfer their heat into.
5. Open the unit main electrical disconnect and unit-mounted disconnect (if
installed) and lock on the “OPEN” position. If the optional control power transformer is not installed, open and lock the 115V disconnect.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

147

Unit Shutdown Procedure
CAUTION
Disconnect Power!
Lock the disconnects in the “OPEN” position to prevent accidental startup and damage to the system when it has been setup for extended
shutdown.
6. At least every three months (quarterly), check the refrigerant pressure in the unit
to verify that the refrigerant charge is intact.

148

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Periodic Maintenance
Perform all maintenance procedures and inspections at the recommended intervals.
This will prolong the life of the chiller and minimize the possibility of costly failures.
Use an “Operator’s Log”, such as that shown at the end of the section, to record an
operating history for the unit. The log serves as a valuable diagnostic tool for service
personnel. By observing trends in operating conditions, an operator can anticipate and
prevent problem situations before they occur. If the unit does not operate properly
during maintenance inspections, refer to “Diagnostics and Troubleshooting”.
After the unit has been operating for approximately 30 minutes and the system has
stabilized, check the operating conditions and complete the procedures below:
Weekly Maintenance
While unit is running in stable conditions.
1. Check MP pressure for evaporator, condenser and intermediate oil.
2. Observe liquid line sight glass on EXV.
3. If liquid line sight glass has bubbles measure the subcooling entering the EXV.
The subcooling should never be less than 4 °F under any circumstances.
A clear sightglass alone does not mean that the system is properly charged.
Also check the rest of the system operating conditions.
4. Inspect the entire system for unusual conditions and inspect the condenser coils
for dirt and debris. If the coils are dirty, refer to coil cleaning.
Monthly Maintenance
1.

Perform all weekly maintenance procedures.

2. Record the system subcooling.
3. Make any repairs necessary.
Annual Maintenance
1.

Perform all weekly and monthly procedures.

2. Check oil sump oil level while unit is off.
NOTE: Routine changing of the oil is not required. Use an oil analysis to determine
the condition of the oil.
3. Have a qualified laboratory perform a compressor oil analysis to determine system moisture content and acid level. This analysis is a valuable diagnostic tool.
4. Contact a qualified service organization to leak test the chiller, to check operating
and safety controls, and to inspect electrical components for deficiencies.
5. Inspect all piping components for leakage and damage. Clean out any inline
strainers.
6. Clean and repaint any areas that show signs of corrosion.
7.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Clean the condenser coils.

149

Periodic Maintenance
WARNING
Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors!
Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before
servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power
cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other
energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the
appropriate manufacturer’s literature for allowable waiting periods for
discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all
capacitors have discharged. Failure to disconnect power and discharge
capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury.
Note: For additional information regarding the safe discharge of
capacitors, see PROD-SVB06A-EN or PROD-SVB06A-FR
8. Check and tighten all electrical connections as necessary.

150

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Periodic Maintenance
RTAC Start-up Test Log
Job Name
Model #
CRC #
Sales Order #

Job Location
Serial #
Job Elevation (ft. above sea level)

Ship Date

Starter Data:
Manufacturer
Type: (wye-delta or x-line)
Vendor ID #/ Model #:
Volts
Amps

Start-up Only

Compressor Data:

Chiller Appearance on arrival:
Machine gauge pressure:
Machine CH.530 pressure
Unit R-134a Charge

ckt1/ckt2
ckt1/ckt2
lbs
gal

Unit oil charge (OIL00048)

Pressure Test (if required)

Compressor A:
Model #:
Serial #

Vacuum after leak test=
Standing Vacuum test=

RLA
KW
Volts
HZ
Compressor B:
Model #:
Serial #
RLA

Part number ("X" code and 2-digit extension)
X
X
X
X
X
X

KW
Volts
HZ
Compressor C:
Model #:
Serial #

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

RLA
KW
Volts
HZ
Compressor D:
Model #:
Serial #
RLA
KW
Volts
HZ

mm
mm rise in

hrs

Current Transformers

Summary of Options Installed
N
N
N
N
N

Tracer Communications Interface
Ice Making
Other
Other
Other

Evap Design Conditions
GPM
Entering Water:
% Glycol:
Type of Glycol:

PSID
Leaving Water:

Evap Actual Conditions
GPM
Entering Water:
% Glycol:
Type of Glycol:

PSID
Leaving Water:

Owner Witness Signature:

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

151

Periodic Maintenance
RTAC Unit Configuration
Job Name
Model #
Serial #
Sales Order #

Job Location
CRC#
Job Elevation (ft. above sea level)

Ship Date

Setpoint View *
Front Panel Degree Units (circle one)
Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint
Front Panel Current Limit
Differential to Stop
Differential to Start
Leaving Water Temperature Cutout
Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout
Condenser Limit
Low Ambient Lockout Setpoint
Low Ambient Lockout (circle one)
Under/Over Voltage Protection
Local Atmospheric Pressure
Design Delta T
Reset Type (circle one)

Return Reset Ratio
Return Start Reset
Return Max Reset
Outdoor Reset Ratio
Outdoor Start Reset
Outdoor Max Reset
Chilled Water Pump Delay Time
Chilled Water Setpoint Filtering Settling Time
Compressor Staging Deadband

F or C

Enable or Disable
Enable or Disable
psi
F or C
None
Return Reset Type
Outdoor Air Temp.
Constant Return
%

minutes
sec

Compressor Service View **
Unit Status:
Circuit 1 Control
Front Panel Circuit Lockout (circle one)
Electronic Expansion Valve (circle one)
Circuit 2 Control
Front Panel Circuit Lockout (circle one)
Electronic Expansion Valve (circle one)

Locked or Unlocked
Open or Auto
Locked or Unlocked
Open or Auto

Configuration ***
Nameplate
Model #
Confirm Code
Serial Number
Note:
* Using Techview, click on "View" and then click "Setpoint View" Log accordingly.
** Using Techview, click on "View" and then click "Compressor Service View" Log accordingly.
*** Using Techview, click on "View" and then click "Configuration" (Nameplate Tab) Log accordingly.

152

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Periodic Maintenance
RTAC Chiller Log
Job Name
Model #

Job Location
Serial #

Status View: *
Chiller Tab:
Operating Mode
Outdoor Air Temperature
Active Chill Water Setpoint
Active Current Limit Setpoint
Evaporator Entering Water Temp.
Evaporator Leaving Water Temp.

15 min

30 min

45 min

15 min

30 min

45 min

F or C
F or C
F or C
F or C

Circuit 1 Tab
Not Locked out/ Locked out
Not Locked out/ Locked out

External Hardwired Lockout
Front Panel Lockout

15 min

30 min

45 min

Circuit 2 Tab
Not Locked out/ Locked out
Not Locked out/ Locked out
15 min

30 min

45 min

%
AirFlow
%
Inverter Speed
psig/kPa
Condenser Refrigerant Pressure
Saturated Condenser Rfgt. Temp.
F or C
psid/kPA
Differential Refrigerant Pressure
Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure
psig/kPa
F or C
Saturated Evaporator Rfgt.Temp.
%
EXV Position
inches/mm
Evaporator Rfgt Liquid Level

Compressor 1A Tab

Compressor 1B Tab

Operating Mode
Hours

Hrs/mins

Starts
Phase A - B Voltage
Average Line Current
Line 1 current
Line 2 current
Line 3 current
Line 1 current
Line 2 current
Line 3 current
Evaporator Oil Return Solenoid
Supply Oil Temperature
Intermediate Oil Pressure
Female Step solenoid
High Pressure Cutout switch
Comments:

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

15 min

30 min

45 min

15 min

30 min

45 min

open / closed

volts
%RLA
amps
amps
amps
%RLA
%RLA
%RLA
F or C
psig/kPa
load / unload

load / unload

Good / Tripped

load / unload load / unload
Good / Tripped

Good / Tripped

load / unload
Good / Tripped

153

Periodic Maintenance
Compressor 2A Tab
Operating Mode
Hours
Starts
Phase A - B Voltage
Average Line Current
Line 1 current
Line 2 current
Line 3 current
Line 1 current
Line 2 current
Line 3 current
Evaporator Oil Return Solenoid
Supply Oil Temperature
Intermediate Oil Pressure
Female Step solenoid
High Pressure Cutout switch
Comments:

154

Compressor 2B Tab
Hrs/mins

Hrs/mins

15 min

30 min

45 min

15 min

30 min

45 min

open / closed

volts
%RLA
amps
amps
amps
%RLA
%RLA
%RLA
F or C
psig/kPa
load / unload
Good / Tripped

load / unload
Good / Tripped

load / unload load / unload
Good / Tripped

Good / Tripped

load / unload
Good / Tripped

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Maintenance Procedures
Refrigerant and Oil Charge Management
Proper oil and refrigerant charge is essential for proper unit operation, unit performance, and environmental protection. Only trained and licensed service personnal
should service the chiller.
Some symptoms of a refrigerant under-charged unit:
• Low subcooling
•

Higher than normal discharge superheat

•

Bubbles in EXV sight glass

•

Low liquid level diagnostic

•

Larger than normal evaporator approach temperatures (leaving water temperature
- saturated evaporator temperature)

•

Low evaporator refrigerant temperature limit

•

Low refrigerant temperature cutout diagnostic

•

Fully open expansion valve

•

Possible whistling sound coming from liquid line (due to high vapor velocity)

•

High condenser + subcooler pressure drop

Some symptoms of a refrigerant over-charged unit:
• High subcooling
•

Evaporator liquid level higher than centerline after shut down

•

Larger than normal condenser approach temperatures (entering condenser saturated temperature – entering air temperature)

•

Condenser pressure limit

•

High pressure cutout diagnostic

•

More than normal number of fans running

•

Erratic fan control

•

Higher than normal compressor power

•

Very low discharge superheat at startup

•

Compressor rattle or grinding sound at startup

Some symptoms of an oil over-charged unit:
• Larger than normal evaporator approach temperatures (leaving water temperature
- saturated evaporator temperature)
•

Low evaporator refrigerant temperature limit

•

Erratic liquid level control

•

Low unit capacity

•

Low discharge superheat (especially at high loads)

•

Low liquid level diagnostics

•

High oil sump level after normal shut down

Some symptoms of an oil under-charged unit:
• Compressor rattle or grinding sound

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

•

Lower than normal pressure drop through oil system

•

Seized or welded compressors

155

Maintenance Procedures
•

Low oil sump level after normal shut down

•

Lower than normal oil concentrations in evaporator

R134a Field Charging Procedure
Be certain that the electrical power to the unit is disconnected before performing this
procedure.

WARNING
Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors!
Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before
servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power
cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other
energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the
appropriate manufacturer’s literature for allowable waiting periods for
discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all
capacitors have discharged. Failure to disconnect power and discharge
capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury.
Note: For additional information regarding the safe discharge of
capacitors, see PROD-SVB06A-EN or PROD-SVB06A-FR
Factory (initial) Refrigerant Charging Procedure
The initial charging procedure should be followed the first time the unit is charged in
the factory, as well as for charging any time after the charge has been completely
removed from the entire system in the event of repair.
1. As part of automatic vacuum/charge procedure, verify that the EXVs are OPEN.
2. Attach vacuum hoses to evaporator service valves (one per circuit). Open service
valves.
3. Attach charging hoses to the charging port on the liquid line filter (one per circuit).
The filters contain a port with a ¼” (6mm) flare.
4. Begin semi-automatic vacuum procedure.
5. When vacuum is complete (indicated), manually isolate the unit from vacuum.
6. Charge unit through the filter housing port per Table 1 - Table 5.
7.

When charging is complete, shut evaporator service valve and disconnect
vacuum and charging hoses.

Field Refrigerant Charging Procedure
Follow this procedure when the unit is empty of all refrigerant and under a vacuum.
Add the charge through the evaporator service valve.

CAUTION
Evaporator Damage!
Water must be flowing through the evaporator during the entire
charging process to avoid freezing and rupturing of the evaporator tubes.
Charge first with vapor to avoid freezing tubes.
1.

156

Note the weight of the amount of charge removed. Compare it to Table 1 - Table
5. A difference in charge may indicate a leak.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Maintenance Procedures
2. Attach charging hose to evaporator service valve (3/8” (9mm) flare). Open service
valve.
3. Add charge to evaporator to bring total circuit charge up to the level indicated in
the above chart.
4. Close service valve and disconnect charging hose.
Adding charge:
This procedure should be followed when adding charge to an undercharged unit.
When low charge is indicated by low subcooling in the liquid line, charge should be
added until sufficient subcooling is achieved.
1. Attach charging hose to evaporator service valve (3/8” (9mm) flare). Open service
valve.
2. Add 10 pounds of refrigerant (R-134a) charge.
3. Close valve, remove charging hose and start unit. Monitor subcooling.
4. If subcooling is still insufficient, return to step #1.
NOTE: Proper subcooling can be determined from run log history, service
experience, or by contacting Trane technical service.

Charge Isolation in the high or low side of system
All the refrigerant may be trapped into the high side (condenser) of the unit for maintenance on the compressor or low side. With the suction line service valve option,
charge may also be isolated in the evaporator for maintenance on the compressor or
the high side. It is preferable to isolate the charge in the evaporator, if this option is
available.
High side charge isolation procedure:
1. Make sure circuit is off.
2. Shut liquid line service valve.
3. Shut oil return line service valve.
4. Start circuit with the service tool in charge isolation mode:
–
–
–
–
–
–

All fans will turn on
EXV will open 100%
Oil return line solenoid (if included) will open
Unit will start at minimum load
Unit will run until it cuts out on low pressure (~6 psia) (0.41 bar)
Monitor pressure with a suction gauge
5. When unit trips, the discharge check valve will close.
6. Close discharge isolation valve.
7.

Close oil line shut off valve.

8. Remove the remainder of the charge with transfer pump.
NOTE: Recommendation: Do not pump remaining charge into high side. This may
introduce non condensable gasses and other contaminants into the unit.
9. The low side and compressor may be serviced at this time.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

157

Maintenance Procedures
Table 37

Charge Holding Capabilities on High Side

Nominal Circuit Nominal Circuit Condenser Charge Charge in Oil
Capacity
Charge
Holding Capacity Separator
lb
@ 60% full
lb
90o ambient
lb
70
165
118.1
46.9
85
175
134.3
40.7
100
215
163.7
51.3
120
225
187.9
37.1
170
365
203.4
161.6
200
415
282.0
133
240
460
325.6
134.4
Circuit varies slightly with efficiency and unit configuration

% Oil Separator
Level

97.7
86.0
56.0
41.2
100.0%
86.1 %
86.9 %

NOTE: Units with a design sequence of A0 did not have enough capacity in the
condenser to hold the entire charge. Table 37 lists the amount of charge that would
flood the oil separator if the charge was isolated in the high side. For this reason,
when getting the unit back to running condition, care must be taken to drive the refrigerant out of the oil separator using the oil separator heaters.
Returning unit to running condition:
1. Open all valves.
2. Manually open EXV for 15 minutes to allow refrigerant to drain to evaporator by
gravity (ensure water is flowing in the evaporator prior to opening the EXV).
3. Let unit sit with heaters on to drive refrigerant out of oil and warm up compressor
bearings. Depending upon ambient conditions, this may take up to 24
hours.Ensure the UCM is powered so the pump may be energized if it detects a
freeze condition.
4. Once the oil level has returned to normal, the unit can be put back into operation.
Low side charge isolation procedure:
After normal shut down under some conditions most of the charge resides in the
evaporator. Running cold water through the evaporator may also drive much of the
refrigerant to the evaporator.
1. Make sure circuit is off.
2. Close suction line isolation valve.
3. Close oil return line service valve.
4. Close liquid line service valve.
5. Manually open EXV.
6. Use a liquid pump or vacuum pump to move refrigerant from the condenser to
evaporator. The liquid pump will only be effective if there is a lot of charge in the
condenser. It may be connected to the condenser drain port on the liquid line
isolation valve.
NOTE: If a pump is to be used, connect it before closing this valve. This port is only
isolated when the valve is back seated.
If a vacuum pump is used, then connect it to the discharge line service valve near the
oil separator.
A vacuum pump will be required for part of the procedure.

158

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Maintenance Procedures
The evaporator is large enough to hold all the charge for any unit to below the centerline of the shell. Therefore, no special precautions are required to restart the unit after
isolating the charge in the evaporator.

Refrigerant Filter Replacement Procedure
A dirty filter is indicated by a temperature gradient across the filter, corresponding to a
pressure drop. If the temperature downstream of the filter is 8°F (4.4°C) lower than
the upstream temperature, the filter should be replaced. A temperature drop can also
indicate that the unit is undercharged. Ensure proper subcooling before taking temperature readings.
1. With the unit off, verify that the EXV is closed. Close liquid line isolation valve. On
units with remote evaporators or oil cooling circuits, close ball valve on oil cooler
liquid line.
2. Attach hose to service port on liquid line filter flange.
3. Evacuate refrigerant from liquid line and store.
4. Remove hose.
5. Depress schrader valve to equalize pressure in liquid line with atmospheric
pressure.
6. Remove bolts that retain filter flange.
7.

Remove old filter element.

8. Inspect replacement filter element and lubricate o-ring with Trane OIL00048.
NOTE: Do not use mineral oil. It will contaminate the system.
9. Install new filter element in filter housing.
10. Inspect flange gasket and replace if damaged.
11. Install flange and torque bolts to 14-16 lb-ft (19-22 n-m).
12. Attach vacuum hose and evacuate liquid line.
13. Remove vacuum hose from liquid line and attach charging hose.
14. Replace stored charge in liquid line.
15. Remove charging hose.
16. Open liquid line isolation valve. On units with remote evaporators or oil cooler
circuits, open oil cooler liquid line ball valve.

Lubrication System
The lubrication system has been designed to keep most of the oil lines filled with oil
as long as there is a proper oil level in the oil sump.
The total oil charge can be removed by draining the oil system, oil return line from the
evaporator, the evaporator, and the compressor. Very small quantities of oil may be
found in other components.
Like many machines, an excessive oil charge can cause operational problems. Special care should always be taken to avoid adding extra oil.
Units that exhibit the symptoms of an oil overcharge at high loads may still run fine at
light loads. An oil overcharged unit may result in an evaporator limit warning or even a
low liquid level or low evap temp (LRTC) diagnostic. An oil overcharged unit may
exhibit increased approach temperatures and decreased overall unit efficiency.

Oil Charging Procedure
Proper charging of the oil system is critical to the reliability of the compressor and
chiller. Too little oil can cause the compressor to run hot and inefficient. When taken
to an extreme, low oil level may result in instant failure of the compressor. Too much

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

159

Maintenance Procedures
oil will result in high oil circulation rates which will foul the condenser and evaporator
performance. This will result in inefficient operation of the chiller. Taken to an
extreme, high oil levels may result in erratic expansion valve control or shut down of
the chiller due to low evaporator refrigerant temperature. Too much oil may contribute
to long term bearing wear. Additionally, excessive compressor wear is probable when
the compressor is started with the oil lines dry.

Figure 46

Oil System Schematic

Oil system consists of the following components:
• Compressor
•

Oil separator

•

Discharge line with service valve

•

Oil line from separator to compressor

•

Oil line drain (lowest point in system)

•

Oil cooler - optional

•

Oil temperature sensor

•

Oil line shut off valve with flare service connection

•

Oil filter (internal to compressor) with flare fitting service connection and schrader
valve

•

Oil flow control valve (internal to the compressor after the filter)

•

Oil return line from evaporator with shut off valve and strainer

Refer to Table 1 - Table 5 for the standard oil charge for each circuit.
NOTE: Recommendation: check the oil level in the sump using a sight glass or a
manometer, attached to charging hoses.

160

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Maintenance Procedures
Table 38
Circuit
(Tons)
70
85
100
120
170
200
240

Oil Charging Data
Approximate sump oil level after
running “normal” conditions
(in)
7
6
7
7
8
8
8

Normal quantity of oil in refrigeration system (evaporator/condenser)
lb (gal)
1.1 (0.14)
1.1 (0.14)
1.8 (0.23)
1.8 (0.23)
3.5 (0.44)
3.5 (0.44)
3.5 (0.44)

To measure oil level, use the oil drain valve on the oil line and a service valve on
the discharge line. This measurement can only be made when the circuit is not
running.

Note: The level is measured from the bottom of the separator and 1” must be
subtracted for the thickness of the bottom plate.
2. The initial oil charge should be approximately at the level in the above chart. This
is the approximate oil level if all the oil is in the oil lines, filter and oil sump and the
unit is in vacuum so that there is no refrigerant dissolved in the oil.
3. After the unit has run for a while, the oil level in the sump can vary greatly.
However, if the unit has run “normal” conditions for a long time the level should
resemble the level in the above chart. (+1” to – 4” (25 to -101mm) is acceptable.)
The field charging procedure depends on the circumstances that resulted in the need
for oil charge.
1. Some service procedures may result in loss of small quantities of oil which must
be replaced (oil analysis, filter replacement, re-tubing the evaporator, etc.).
2. Additionally, some maintenance procedures may result in virtually all of the oil
being removed (compressor motor burn or total removal of the charge to trouble
shoot a unit).
3. Finally, leaks may result in a loss of oil that must be replaced.
Factory (initial) Oil Charging Procedure
The initial charging procedure should be followed any time the unit is new or has had
all of the oil removed.
4. If the isolation valves is closed, then the charge may be trapped in the evaporator.
In either case, the high side of the system should not be pressurized.
5. The oil line shut off valve must be open to allow the oil to pass into the oil lines
and the oil separator.
6. The oil charging port is a ¼” (6mm) flare fitting with a schrader valve that is on the
side of the oil filter housing. This is the port that must be used to add oil into the
compressor so that the filter and lines are full at the first start of the compressor.
7.

On single compressor circuits all the oil should be put into the circuit through the
oil charging port on the compressor filter housing. On two compressor circuits
put approximately ½ of the oil into the unit through each of the two oil charging
ports on the two compressors.

8. Oil may be put into the unit using either of two methods:

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

161

Maintenance Procedures
CAUTION
Equipment Damage!
Use only Trane OIL00048 in the RTAC units to avoid any catastrophic
damage to the compressor or unit.
•

Have the unit in vacuum. Note that the vacuum connection should be made on
the unit at the service valve that is on the discharge line. Hook up the oil charging
hose to the oil charging fitting and submerse the other end into the oil container.
Let the vacuum draw the required amount of oil into the unit.

•

Have the unit at the same pressure as the oil. Hook up the oil charging hose to
the oil charging fitting and the other end to an oil pump. Use the pump to draw oil
out of the oil container and push the required amount of oil into the unit.

NOTE: The compressor filter has an internal shut off valve that will prevent oil from
entering the compressor while the compressor is not running. Therefore, there is no
concern about flooding the compressor with oil.
Field Oil Charging Procedure
Use the initial charging procedure under the following circumstances:
• When virtually all of the oil has been removed.
•

If the oil charge is removed from the compressor and oil system only but the unit
has been run for less than 15 minutes.

•

If the oil charge is removed from the compressor and oil system only and the unit
has been run for more than 15 minutes. However, reduce the amount of oil added
to the unit by the normal quantity of oil in refrigeration system.

NOTE: This procedure can be followed even with the refrigerant charge isolated in
the evaporating section of the unit.
If small quantities of oil were removed to service refrigeration components, such
as the evaporator, simply replace the oil that was removed into the serviced component prior to vacuum and recharge of the refrigerant.
If oil was removed from the compressor only to service a compressor or change
the oil filter follow this procedure:
1. If the compressor is a new compressor or has been removed from the system
and reworked, add 1 quart (2 lb.) oil to the motor cavity prior to installing the compressor into the chiller.
2. Install the compressor in the system. Make sure that the filter shut off valve is
closed. Other compressor isolation valves may also be closed depending upon
the service that was completed. For example, changing the oil filter would require
the compressor to be isolated and pulled into vacuum.
NOTE: Make sure that compressor is not pressurized.
3. Open the flare fitting on the oil line shut off valve.
4. Open the flare fitting on the filter housing. This is the port that must be used to
put oil into the compressor.
5. Install charging hose on oil charging port (with schrader valve) and the other on
the oil canister.
6. Lift the oil canister, or use a pump, to pour oil into the filter housing.

162

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Maintenance Procedures
7.

When oil comes out of the flare fitting on the oil line shut off valve the filter is full.
Stop adding oil.

8. Put the cap on the flare on the oil line shut off valve, remove the charging hose
and put the cap back on the flare on the filter housing.
9. Vacuum the compressor (low side) and prepare it for inclusion in the system.
There is a service valve on the suction line and on the evaporator. Use these
valves to vacuum the compressor.
10. Open the oil line shut off valve. Severe damage to the compressor can result if
the oil line shut off valve is closed when the compressor is started.

CAUTION
Compressor Damage!
Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if the oil line shut off
valve or the isolation valves are left closed on unit start-up.
11. Open the other compressor isolation valves.
NOTE: This procedure assumes that the oil that is put into the filter housing does
not have contaminants such as non-condensable gases. The oil forces these gases
out of the filter and oil line shut off valve without the need to pull a vacuum on this
small volume. If the oil has been in an open container or is otherwise contaminated,
then this small volume must be subject to vacuum as well. However, the filter cavity
is full of oil. Therefore, be sure to use a flash tank in line with the vacuum pump to
make sure that oil, that is pulled out of the filter cavity, does not slug the vacuum
pump.

Evaporator tube replacement
The units were designed for installation of the tubes from the end of the evaporator
opposite the control panel end.
The following units will need to have the circuit 2 control panel removed to replace
tubes in the evaporator.
• 30' Base - 3 compressor units
•

36' Base - 3 compressor units

CAUTION
Evaporator Damage!
The tubes are rolled at both ends and in the center. When replacing
tubes, take care to ensure that the tube is removed and rolled into the
center tube sheet properly. Failure to do so could result in damage to the
tubes and improper operation of the system.

Compressor Replacement
If a compressor needs to be replaced follow the procedures listed below.
1. Isolate the refrigerant charge outside of the compressor and close all four valves
leading to the compressor. This includes the oil line service valve located on the
oil filter cover of the compressor, the valve on the oil return line from the evaporator, the discharge service valve, and the suction service valve. In the event that
the optional suction service valve was not ordered with the unit, insure that the
liquid line service valve is closed.

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

163

Maintenance Procedures
2. Disconnect power to the chiller. Remove the electrical junction box cover and
disconnect the wires.

WARNING
Hazardous Voltage!
Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before
servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power
can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power before
servicing could result in death or serious injury.
3. Evacuate the compressor through the service fitting provided. If the unit does not
have suction service valves, this will include evacuating the low side of the
system as well. Disconnect all four lines attached to the compressor, as well as
the junction box. Remove three screws from the bottom of the compressor.
4. Remove the compressor by sliding it out of the chiller onto a well supported skid
or other platform. The compressor is very heavy, so insure that the support is
sturdy. A piece of 1x4 lumber placed between the isolators works well to support
the compressor feet as it is pulled from the chiller.
5. Install the new compressor. Reinstall all lines, wires, and screws. Open the
service valves, and trim charge as required.

164

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Unit Wiring
This section provides field wiring diagrams, electrical schematics and connection diagrams for 140-500 ton RTAC units.
Drawing Number
2309-2227
2309-2228
2309-2229
2309-2230
2309-1988
2309-1989
2309-1990
2309-1991
2309-1996
2309-1997
2309-1999
2309-2201
2309-2202
2309-2203
2309-2204
2309-2241
2309-2242
2309-2231
2309-4876
2309-1992
2309-2217
2309-4877
2309-2205
2309-1352
2309-4880
2309-4882
2309-4883
2309-1353
2309-4881
2309-4884
2309-2243
2309-4899
2309-4871
2309-4874
2309-4873
2309-2219
2309-2222
2309-2248
2309-2239
2309-2208
2309-2246
2309-2223
2309-4872
2309-1974

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Description
Schematic, M&L, X-L, Ckt 1
Schematic, M&L, X-L, Ckt 2
Schematic, M&L, Y-D, Ckt 1
Schematic, M&L, Y-D, Ckt 2
Schematic, 3&4 Comp, Comp 1A, X-L
Schematic, 3&4 Comp, Comp 1B, X-L
Schematic, 3&4 Comp, Comp 1A, Y-D
Schematic, 3&4 Comp, Comp 1B, Y-D
Schematic, 3 Comp, Comp 2A, X-L
Schematic, 3 Comp, Comp 2A, Y-D
Schematic, Fans, 3 Comp, Ckt2
Schematic, 4 Comp, Comp 2A, X-L
Schematic, 4 Comp, Comp 2B, X-L
Schematic, 4 Comp, Comp 2A, Y-D
Schematic, 4 Comp, Comp 2B, Y-D
Schematic, Fans, Medium, 140&155 Std
Schematic, Fans, Medium, all others
Schematic, Fans, Large (225&250 Prem)
Schematic, Fans, 3&4 Comp, Ckt1, Low Volt
Schematic, Fans, 3&4 Comp, Ckt1, High Volt
Schematic, Fans, 3 Comp, Ckt1, 250T, 50Hz, Std
Schematic, Fans, 4 Comp, Ckt2, Low Volts
Schematic, Fans, 4 Comp, Ckt2, High Volt
Schematic, Control, M&L
Schematic, Controls, 3&4 Comp, Ckt1
Schematic, Controls/Legend/Bus, 3 Comp, Ckt2
Schematic, Controls, 4 Compressor, Ckt2
Schematic, Legend/LLID Bus, M&L
Schematic, Legend/LLID Bus, 3&4 Comp, Ckt1
Schematic, Legend/LLID Bus, 4 Comp, Ckt2
Schematic, Fans, M&L, Inverters
Schematic; Remote Evap
Component Location, 2 Comp
Component Location, 3 Comp
Component Location, 4 Comp
Schematic, 3&4 Comp, Single Source Panel
Field Wiring, 3&4 Comp, Dual Source Pwr
Field Layout, All
Field Layout, 3&4 Comp
Field Wiring, All
Customer Lug Size
Field Wiring, 3&4 Comp, Single Source Pwr
Component Location, Remte Evap
Field Wiring, Remote Evap

Page
166
168
170
172
174
176
178
180
182
184
186
188
190
192
194
196
198
200
202
204
206
208
210
212
214
216
218
220
222
224
226
228
230
232
234
236
238
240
242
244
245
246
248
250

165

2227

166

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

167

2228

168

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

169

2229

170

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

171

2230

172

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

173

1988

174

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

175

1989

176

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

177

1990

178

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

179

1991

180

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

181

1996

182

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

183

1997

184

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

185

1999

186

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

187

2201

188

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

189

2202

190

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

191

2203

192

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

193

2204

194

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

195

2241

196

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

197

2242

198

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

199

2231

200

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

201

4876

202

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

203

1992

204

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

205

2217

206

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

207

4877

208

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

209

2205

210

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

211

1352

212

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

213

4880

214

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

215

4882

216

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

217

4883

218

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

219

1353

220

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

221

4881

222

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

223

4884

224

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

225

2243

226

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

227

4899

228

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

229

4871

230

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

231

4874

232

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

233

4873

234

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

235

2219

236

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

2247

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

237

2222

238

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

239

2248

240

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

241

2239

242

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

243

2208

244

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

2246

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

245

2223

246

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

247

4872

248

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

249

1974

250

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

Trane
A business of American Standard Companies
www.trane.com

For more information contact your local district
office or e-mail us at comfort@trane.com

Literature Order Number

RTAC-SVX01F-EN

File Number

SV-RF-RTAC-SVX01F-EN-0106

Supersedes

RTAC-SVX01E-EN

Stocking Location

Inland

Trane has a policy of continuous product data and product improvement and reserves
the right to change design and specifications without notice. Only qualified technicians
should perform the installation and servicing of equipment referred to in this bulletin.

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
Page Count                      : 252
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:e19dbcde-3bc7-44c3-9c86-cac54543dd35
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows)
Abstract                        :  Installation - Operation - Maintenance
Acces flag                      : F
Alt order nbr                   : 
Alt order nbr type              : 
Bw color                        : C
Date published                  : 01/01/2006
Dept id                         : 34
Topic focused id                : TRANE|EN
Price                           : 0
Cur flag                        : T
Lit class id                    : SV
Lit length                      : 252
Lit order nbr                   : RTAC-SVX01F-EN
Lit type id                     : SVX
Media id                        : PPI
Model                           : RTAC
Prod class                      : RF
Prod family id                  : 2001601
Prod                            : RLC
Restrct flag                    : F
Source date                     : nulldate
Source filename                 : 
Stocking loc id                 : LAXCPY
Supceded by                     : 
Supceded by date                : nulldate
Unit flag                       : T
Filename                        : 801c4380.pdf
Branding                        : Trane
Lol language                    : EN
Object id                       : 090102b1801c4380
Object name                     : RTAC-SVX01F-EN_01012006
Chronicle id                    : 090102b18007f052
Hist model                      : RTAC|RTAC140|RTAC155|RTAC170|RTAC185|RTAC200|RTAC225|RTAC250|RTAC275|RTAC300|RTAC350|RTAC375|RTAC400|RTAC450|RTAC500
Topic related id                : TRN-FLD|STARTUP|SERVICER|SERV|RRR|OWN/DEV|OPER|INST|60C|50C
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 7.1
Modify Date                     : 2007:10:17 11:13:44-05:00
Create Date                     : 2005:12:08 10:05:55Z
Metadata Date                   : 2007:10:17 11:13:44-05:00
Document ID                     : uuid:bee5f164-9ac6-46a6-a675-69cd047753ff
Instance ID                     : uuid:d752e80a-623a-4e77-8291-ee42feff78e4
N Pages                         : 252
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : RTAC-SVX01F-EN 01/01/2006 IOM -Series R Air-Cooled Helical Rotary Liquid Chiller.  Models RTAC 140-500 ton units (60 Hz), RTAC 140-400 ton units (50 Hz)
Creator                         : laedn
Tagged PDF                      : Yes
Author                          : laedn
Acces Flag                      : F
Alt Order Nbr                   : 
Alt Order Nbr Type              : 
Bw Color                        : C
Hist Model                      : RTAC|RTAC140|RTAC155|RTAC170|RTAC185|RTAC200|RTAC225|RTAC250|RTAC275|RTAC300|RTAC350|RTAC375|RTAC400|RTAC450|RTAC500
Date Published                  : 01/01/2006
Dept Id                         : 34
Topic Focused Id                : TRANE|EN
Cur Flag                        : T
Lit Class Id                    : SV
Lit Length                      : 252
Lit Order Nbr                   : RTAC-SVX01F-EN
Lit Type Id                     : SVX
Media Id                        : PPI
Prod Class                      : RF
Prod Family Id                  : 2001601
Topic Related Id                : TRN-FLD|STARTUP|SERVICER|SERV|RRR|OWN/DEV|OPER|INST|60C|50C
Restrct Flag                    : F
Source Date                     : nulldate
Source Filename                 : 
Stocking Loc Id                 : LAXCPY
Supceded By                     : 
Supceded By Date                : nulldate
Unit Flag                       : T
Lol Language                    : EN
Object Id                       : 090102b1801c4380
Object Name                     : RTAC-SVX01F-EN_01012006
Chronicle Id                    : 090102b18007f052

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Trane Rtac 140 400 Users Manual SVX01F EN 01/01/2006 IOM Series R Air Cooled Helical Rotary Liquid Chiller. S 500 Ton Units (60 Hz), 1

RTAC 140-400 ton units (50 HZ) to the manual bfc813a7-ad9a-4d5f-9d7a-e7cd3f62b36c

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation